Skip to main content

American Empower A1 Starter Student's Book

Page 1

AMERICAN EMPOWER is a six-level general English course

br

m

Ca

for adult and young adult learners, taking students from beginner to advanced level (CEFR A1 to C1). American Empower combines course content from Cambridge University Press with validated assessment from the experts at Cambridge Assessment English.

ge

id

American Empower’s unique mix of engaging classroom materials and reliable assessment enables learners to make consistent and measurable progress. CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about past events

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Content you’ll love.

■ Describe events in the past

■ Make and respond to suggestions

Assessment you can trust.

Look at the picture of a New Year’s Eve celebration and talk about the questions. 1 Do you want to go there? Why / Why not? 2 What do you think is happening at this New Year’s Eve celebration? Here are some ideas: fireworks

dancing

eating food

shopping

meeting friends

Talk about the questions. 1 2 3 4

Where were you last New Year’s Eve? Who were you with? What things did you do? Did you have fun?

en

music

b

sm

s se

GETTING STARTED a

8

UNIT

PAST EVENTS

63 63

t

with American Empower Better Learning is our simple approach where insights we’ve gained from research have helped shape content that drives results .


Learner engagement Content that informs and motivates

1

Content

Results

Sustained motivation is key to successful language learning and skills development.

Clear learning goals, thoughtprovoking images, texts, and speaking activities, plus video content to arouse curiosity.

Content that surprises, entertains, and provokes an emotional response, helping teachers to deliver motivating and memorable lessons.

br

m

Ca

Insights

id

1 READING a

Learn to talk about past events G Simple past: be V Past time expressions

ge

8A

UNIT 8

I WAS ON TOUR WITH MY BAND

Look at the events in pictures a–d. Choose one you like and one you don’t like. Tell a partner. Say why. b

a sports game

c

d

a concert

a meeting

of be in the texts about Cara, Antonio, and Ava.

My name’s Cara. I’m a photographer. I was in New York three days ago for work, and then I was in Chicago yesterday at a meeting about newspaper photography. Life’s busy right now!

I1 you were he/she/it 2

b

“Yesterday I was in Chicago.”

c Read the texts again. Which cities does each person talk about?

d

a

we 3 you were they were

08.01 Pronunciation Listen to sentences 1–4. Are was and were stressed? Practice saying the sentences.

1 We were in Seattle. 2 I was in Los Angeles.

c

Conversation 1 Conversation 2 Conversation 3

b

“I was at a game in Los Angeles. It was the Finals!”

1 the meeting 2 the game 3 the concert

3 We were in Miami. 4 I was in New York.

Now go to Grammar Focus 8A Part 1 on p. 128.

c

• this morning

e

• last night

Compare your sentences in 2d with a partner. Were you in the same places?

08.07 Listen to Conversation 1 again. Complete the conversation with the words in the box.

• yesterday afternoon

Juan and I were at the supermarket yesterday.

was (x2) were (x2)

sentences 1–4 in the correct place on the timeline. week 1

week 2

week 3

Ava on the road …

We were in Seattle on Wednesday. We were in Miami two weeks ago. … we were in Cleveland last week. I was in Chicago yesterday.

b Look at the underlined words in 3a. Replace them

d

Now go to Grammar Focus 8A Part 2 on p. 128.

e

Complete the conversation with was, were, wasn’t, or weren’t. Listen and check.

with words in the box. months

this morning

Saturday

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 8A on p. 149.

d

Work in pairs.

Student A: Say a past time expression. Student B: Say where a person you know was.

Change some of the information. I was at a baseball game in the morning and then at the movies last night.

My parents were in London last weekend.

Results Personal responses make learning more memorable and inclusive, with all students participating in spontaneous spoken interaction.

65

There are so many adjectives to describe such a wonderful series, but in my opinion it’s very reliable, practical, and modern. Zenaide Brianez, Director of Studies, Instituto da Língua Inglesa, Brazil

t

Personalization tasks in every unit make the target language more meaningful to the individual learner.

Communication 8A Student A go to p. 113. Student B go to p. 111. Student C go to p. 115.

en

Content

5 SPEAKING

a

sm

Insights Language learners benefit from frequent opportunities to personalize their responses.

Was the movie good?

s se

Personalized and relevant

My friend Marco was in Ecuador two years ago.

at work yesterday. off yesterday. you at home all day? .I in town in the morning, and at a party last night. the party good? a lot of fun.

f Practice the conversation in 4e with a partner.

Then switch roles.

two years ago

You No, I Nice. No, I then I

A B Yes, it

last weekend

My name’s Antonio Marotto. I’m the doctor for our team. It’s a great job – I really like helping our players. I often go away with the team. We were in Miami two weeks ago for a game, and we were in Cleveland last week. It’s fun to travel with the team.

08.11

A B A B

year

c

wasn’t

you at work yesterday? WILL CARA Yes, I , but I here in the office. WILL Where you? CARA I was at a meeting in Chicago. WILL Oh, it interesting? CARA Yes, it was really interesting.

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

1 2 3 4

“In this photo, we were in San Francisco.”

2

a exciting b interesting c fun

3 VOCABULARY Past time expressions

Hi everyone, it’s Ava. Last week I was on tour with my band in the U.S. – three cities in five days. We were in Seattle on Wednesday, and then we were in Portland on Thursday. But Saturday was the best night. We were in San Francisco, and about 1,000 people were at our concert.

64

08.06 Match events 1–3 with adjectives a–c. Listen again and check.

a Today is Friday of week 3. Put the number of

Talk about Cara, Antonio, and Ava’s lives with a partner. Who would you like to meet? Why?

The people on our team …

08.06 Review the texts about Cara, Antonio, and Ava again. Then listen to them talking to friends. Write the correct name for each conversation.

d Write sentences about where you were:

b Read about Cara, Antonio, and Ava. Which events in 1a do they talk about?

Simple past: be negative and questions

a Complete the chart. Find examples of the simple past

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

a party

4 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR

+

U

a

2 GRAMMAR Simple past: be affirmative


10

EVIDENCE OF ACHIEVEMENT Measurable progress COMPETENCY TESTS

1

Assessment you can trust

How did students perform in the Competency Tests?

Insights

Content

Results

As this assessment measures improvement between the mid-course and end-of-course points, this improvement is in line with the learning goal of improving by a whole CEFR level across one whole level of the Empower course.

their performance between the mid-course and end-of-course skills-based competency tests.

End-of-unit tests, mid- and endTeachers can see learners’ of-course competency tests, and progress at a glance, and 10% of learners were on courses without Online personalized CEFR test report learners can see measurable Workbooks. These learners tended to have forms provide reliable informationlower mean gains,progress, which suggesting that the Online leads to Workbooks were contributing to learning gains. on progress with language skills. greater motivation.

Ca

Tests developed and validated by Cambridge Assessment English, the world leaders in language assessment, to ensure they are accurate and meaningful.

id

br

m

The average learner tended to improve by ten points, which represents half of a CEFR band as measured by the Empower assessments.

All global Empower users

ge

100

U

80 70

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Results of an impact study showing % improvement of Reading levels, based on global Empower students’ scores over one year.

90

60 50 40 30 20 10 0

A1

A2

B1

B1+

B2

C1

A1

A2

Listening

Mid-course test

B1

B1+

B2

C1

Reading

A1

A2

B1

B1+

B2

C1

Writing

End-of-course test

Average score for listening, reading, and writing in the mid-course test and end-of-course test. Based on global students’ scores from August 2016 to July 2017.

We started using the tests provided with Empower and our students started showing better results from this point until now.

s se

Evidence of impact

t

2

en

sm

Kristina Ivanova, Director of Foreign Language Training Centre, ITMO University, Saint Petersburg, Russia

Insights

Content

Results

Schools and colleges need to show that they are evaluating the effectiveness of their language programs.

Empower (British English) impact studies have been carried out in various countries, including Russia, Brazil, Turkey, and the UK, to provide evidence of positive impact and progress.

Colleges and universities have demonstrated a significant improvement in language level between the mid- and end-of-course tests, as well as a high level of teacher satisfaction with Empower.


Manageable learning 1

Mobile friendly Content

Results

Learners expect online content to be mobile friendly but also flexible and easy to use on any digital device.

American Empower provides easy access to Digital Workbook content that works on any device and includes practice activities with audio.

Digital Workbook content is easy to access anywhere, and produces meaningful and actionable data so teachers can track their students’ progress and adapt their lesson accordingly.

ge

id

br

m

Ca

Insights

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

I had been studying English for 10 years before university, and I didn’t succeed. But now with Empower I know my level of English has changed.

Nikita, Empower Student, ITMO University, Saint Petersburg, Russia

2

Corpus-informed Insights

Content

sm

s se

Corpora can provide valuable information about the language items learners are able to learn successfully at each CEFR level.

Results Learners are presented with the target language they are able to incorporate and use at the right point in their learning journey. They are not overwhelmed with unrealistic learning expectations.

t

en

Two powerful resources – Cambridge Corpus and English Profile – informed the development of the Empower course syllabus and the writing of the materials.


Rich in practice 1

Language in use Content

Results

It is essential that learners are offered frequent and manageable opportunities to practice the language they have been focusing on.

Throughout the American Empower Student’s Book, learners are offered a wide variety of practice activities, plenty of controlled practice, and frequent opportunities for communicative spoken practice.

Meaningful practice makes new language more memorable and leads to more efficient progress in language acquisition.

8B

ge

id

br

m

Ca

Insights

G Simple past: affirmative

HE SAW A BEAR

bear

Talk about the questions.

1 Which story do you like? 2 Which animals sometimes come into houses in your country?

dog

cat

snake

bird

Where?

When?

Verb

Past form

look

looked

have

had

watch

hear

call

eat

jump

see

walk

go

try

come

Animal activity?

3 What do you do if a wild animal comes to your house?

to make more simple past phrases.

a book to my parents home dinner a movie for a walk breakfast a song on the radio to my friend

1 went 2 had 3 read

2

W I LD S TOR IES ! 3

3

08.13 Listen and practice these sounds. 2 /d/ lived 1 /t/ talked 08.14 Listen to the past forms in the box. Which -ed endings sound … ? • more like /d/ • more like /t/

a

b

d

e

08.19 Complete what Emily says with phrases from 3c. Then listen again and check.

e

Student A: Say a verb. Student B: Say the past form.

at about 9:00, and then I went to Yesterday I 1 a café and had coffee with my friend Karen. After that, 2 I went to work and was there all day. I 3 and called with my brother, and then I Rosie in Brazil on Skype. my parents. I 4 online, and then I went to bed and After, I 5 6 before going to sleep.

Then switch roles.

Now go to Grammar Focus 8B on p. 128.

f Complete the sentences so they are true for you.

CURIOUS CREATURE Andrew Singer from Utah was at home in his house on a farm. One evening he was in the kitchen, and he heard something strange in the backyard, so he looked out the window. He saw a bear in the backyard. The bear walked around the backyard and looked in the windows of the house. It tried to open the kitchen door, and the man was really scared. It wasn’t possible for the bear to get in, so it went away. The man thinks the bear was hungry, but it’s not a good idea to give bears food.

66

SURPRISE VISITORS

READY TO PLAY

A woman from Indiana had an apartment with a yard. In the evening, she went into her living room and watched TV. She heard something in her bedroom, so she went to look. She saw three deer near her bed. They came into the living room and jumped on her sofa, then they went into the bathroom. The woman called 911, and the police came to catch the deer. She had an exciting night with her three new friends!

Ben Kruger from South Africa loves playing rugby. He has a business in Limpopo, a city in the north of South Africa. One night after work, he went to a rugby field nearby. It was dark, and he saw something on the field. It was large, but it wasn’t a person – it was a hippopotamus (hippo)! Then he saw another hippo and then another – there were a lot of them. The hippos ate some grass and then went away. Ben thinks the hippos were from a river near the rugby field.

g Complete the sentences about free time activities.

Tell your partner about your sentences.

3 LISTENING AND VOCABULARY

Free time activities

.

1 When I was a child, I 2 After work / school, I often 3 On weekends, I like to

h

08.17 Listen to three conversations about the three stories. In each conversation, some information is incorrect. What is the wrong information?

.

.

Tell other students your sentences in 3g. What free time activities were/are popular … ? a when everyone was a child b after work / school c on weekends

1 2 3

4 SPEAKING

a

Beyond the classroom

Insights

Communication 8B Student A go to p. 113. Student B go to p. 111.

67

Progress with language learning often requires work outside of the classroom, and different teaching models require different approaches.

American Empower is available with a print workbook, online practice, documentary-style videos that expose learners to real-world English, plus additional resources with extra ideas and fun activities.

Results This choice of additional resources helps teachers to find the most effective ways to motivate their students both inside and outside the classroom.

t

Content

en

Elena Pro, Teacher, EOI de San Fernando de Henares, Spain

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 8B on p. 150.

f

sm

There are plenty of opportunities for personalization.

. (food)

s se

2

. (a person) . (a TV show) . (a place)

1 Yesterday I called 2 Last month I saw 3 Last weekend I went to 4 Last night I ate

a

c

Practice saying the words.

Cover the chart in 2a. Test a partner.

e

,

08.19

looked watched called tried walked played finished

d

4 heard 5 talked 6 watched

,

,

Listen to Emily talk about the things she did yesterday. Put pictures a–e in the correct order.

d

c Sound and spelling /t/ and /d/

jump

2

to a café. a large coffee. the newspaper. this funny story. this story on a podcast. to my friend Katie last night. the video online.

c Match verbs 1 to 6 with a word or phrase in the box

1 What do we add to the verbs in A to make the past form? 2 Do the verbs in B all change in the same way or in different ways?

evening

A woman from Indiana

1

Past form

1

at home

Ben from South Africa

Verb

b Answer the questions about the chart in 2a.

c Read the stories again. Complete the information.

Andrew from Utah

read (x2) talked went had watched heard 1 I just 2 I 3 And I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 She

B

A

hippo

1 Hippos were on a rugby field. 2 Three deer were in a woman’s apartment. 3 A bear was in a man’s backyard.

08.18

08.12 Read the stories again and find the simple past forms of the verbs in the chart. Listen and check.

a

b Read the stories below. Write the story titles next to the sentences.

Listen to the sentences from the conversations. Use the correct verb in the box.

b

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Look at pictures 1–3 below. Match the pictures to the animal names. Where do they usually live? What do you know about them? deer

V Free time activities

2 GRAMMAR Simple past: affirmative

U d

1 READING a

UNIT 8 Learn to describe events in the past


Unit overview Unit Opener

m

Ca

Getting started page – Clear learning objectives to give an immediate sense of purpose.

br

Lessons A and B

ge

id

Grammar and Vocabulary – Input and practice of core grammar and vocabulary, plus a mix of skills.

Everyday English – Functional language in common, everyday situations.

Digital Workbook (online, mobile): Listening, Speaking, Reading, and Writing

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Lesson C

Digital Workbook (online, mobile): Grammar and Vocabulary.

Unit Progress Test Review

Extra practice of grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation. Also a “Review your progress” section for students to reflect on the unit.

Mid- / End-of-course test Additional practice

Workbook (printed)

en

sm

Digital Workbook (online, mobile)

s se

Further practice is available for outside of the class with these components.

t

Components Resources – Available on cambridgeone.org • Audio • Video • Unit Progress Tests (Print) • Unit Progress Tests (Online)

• Mid- and end-of-course assessment (Print) • Mid- and end-of-course assessment (Online)

• Digital Workbook (Online) • Photocopiable Grammar, Vocabulary, and Pronunciation worksheets


CONTENTS Lesson and objective

Grammar

Vocabulary

Pronunciation

Everyday English

be: I / you / we

Countries

Sound and spelling: I’m, we’re

be: he / she / they

Nationalities; this / these

Syllables and word stress

Unit 1 Hello! Getting started Talk about countries and flags 1A

Say your name and country

Ca

Talk about people you know

1C

Meet and greet new people

Syllables and word stress; Stressed words; Intonation

Greeting people; Meeting new people

br

m

1B

Unit 2 All about me

id

Getting started Talk about objects Talk about your hometown

be: it’s / it’s not; Possessive adjectives

Common adjectives; in / near

Sound and spelling: /h/ and /w/

2B

Talk about possessions and common objects

Plural nouns; I have / you have; a / an

Common objects 1; Numbers 1

Sound and spelling: /s/, /z/, /ɪz/; Do you … ?

2C

Ask for and give personal information

ge

2A

U

Asking for and giving personal information

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Unit 3 Food and drink

Stressed parts in questions; Intonation in questions

Getting started Talk about the food in a shopping cart 3A

Say what you eat and drink

Simple present: I / you / we / they

Food 1

Syllables and word stress; Sound and spelling: /i/, /ɪ/, and /ɑɪ/

3B

Talk about food and meals

Adverbs of frequency

Food 2; Time; What time / When … ?

Sound and spelling: /æ/ and /ɔ/

3C

Order and pay in a café

Unit 4 My life and my family

Syllable stress; Stressed and unstressed words

Ordering and paying in a café

Getting started Talk about who people are and what they do 4A

Talk about your life and ask about others’

Simple present: Wh- questions

Common verbs; study

Stressed words

4B

Talk about your family

Simple present: he / she / it affirmative

Family and people; Numbers 2; How old … ?

Sound and spelling: /ð/

4C

Ask and talk about photos

Asking and talking about photos

Getting started Talk about an unusual museum 5A

Describe a town

there is / there are: affirmative

Places in a town; a few, a lot of

there’s / there are; Sound and spelling: /u/ and /ʌ/

5B

Talk about hotels and hostels

there is / there are: negative and questions

Hotels

Sound and spelling: /ʃ/; Stressed syllables

5C

Ask about and say where places are

Emphasizing what you say 1

sm

s se

Unit 5 Places

Sound and spelling: /ʧ/ and /ʤ/

en

Asking and saying where places are

t

Unit 6 Work and routines Getting started Talk about a job

2

6A

Talk about people’s jobs

Simple present: he / she / it negative

Jobs; work / job

Main stress in compound nouns; Sound and spelling: /ʃ/ and /ʧ/

6B

Talk about daily routines and habits

Simple present: he / she / it questions

Daily routine; for, from … to … , until

Consonant clusters; Sentence stress

6C

Make and accept offers

would; Emphasizing what you say 2

Making and accepting offers


Contents

Reading

Speaking

A conversation about who you are

Three conversations meeting other students

Who you are and where you’re from

Ca

Listening

A conversation about people in pictures

People in a picture An online profile

m

First day at work

Greeting and meeting new people

A personal profile; Capital letters and periods

id

br

Unit Progress Test

Three posts: Our Homes

ge

Three conversations about hometowns A conversation at the airport

U

Finding a new apartment

Writing

A personal information form

Homes and hometowns

My hometown; A friend’s home

Possessions; What’s in the bag? A personal information form; Spelling

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Asking for and giving personal information

Unit Progress Test

A conversation about food likes and dislikes

Three families’ weekly food: Food for One Week

Food likes and dislikes

Three conversations about dinner

An article: The Number One Breakfast in ...

Saying the time; Meal times and what you eat

In a café

A text message

Ordering and paying in a café

A text message; Contractions

Unit Progress Test

A conversation about work and travel to work

A blog: Breakfast in Málaga and Lunch in London

Work, home, and study

Photos of famous people and their families

Photo captions; An International Family

Your family

A photo caption

Photos

Talking about family photos

About you

Photo captions; Word order

Unit Progress Test

s se

An article: Very hot! Very cold!

A street in your town

On my street

A conversation at a hostel reception

A hostel review

Hotels and hostels

Questions about a town

Looking for a café

An email

Places in a town

About your town; and and but

en

sm

A conversation about places in a town

Unit Progress Test

t

Four people talk about their jobs

A website: Jobs International

People’s jobs

Questions about jobs

A conversation about taking photos at night

An article: A Good Night’s Sleep

People’s daily routines and habits

Questions about daily routines

A friend’s birthday

An email about daily life

Offering to pay for food and drink

An email about daily life; because and also

Unit Progress Test

3


Lesson and objective

Grammar

Vocabulary

Pronunciation

Everyday English

Unit 7 Shopping and fashion Getting started Talk about the clothes in a market stall Talk about things you want to buy

this, that, these, those

Common objects 2; Prices

Sound and spelling: /b/, /p/, /g/, and /k/ Sound and spelling: this, that, these, and those

7B

Talk about the clothes that people wear

Possessive ’s; Review of adverbs

Clothes; Colors; dark / light

Sound and spelling: /ʃ/ and /dʒ/

Ca

7A

7C

Ask about and pay for things in a store

Connecting sounds

Going shopping

br

m Unit 8 Past events

id

Getting started Talk about your last New Year’s Eve Talk about past events

Simple past: be

Past time expressions

was / were

8B

Describe events in the past

Simple past: affirmative

Free time activities

Sound and spelling: /t/ and /d/

8C

Make and respond to suggestions

ge

8A

Sentence stress and intonation

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U Unit 9 Vacations

Making and responding to suggestions

Getting started Talk about an interesting vacation 9A

Talk about travel and vacation experiences

Simple past: negative

Transportation; go

Sound and spelling: the letter a; Sentence stress

9B

Talk about past vacations

Simple past: questions

The seasons; The weather; like

Sound and spelling: the letter o

9C

Make and respond to requests

Unit 10 Here and now

Syllables and spelling

Making and responding to requests

Getting started Talk about communicating online 10A Talk about your home

10B Ask where people are and what they’re doing 10C Ask for travel information

Unit 11 Achievers

Present continuous: affirmative

The home; in / on

Sound and spelling: /tʃ/ and /θ/; Sentence stress

Present continuous: negative and questions

Place phrases with prepositions

Sound and spelling: /ə/; Main stress in questions

Sound and spelling: /ɪə/ and /eə/

Asking for travel information

Getting started Talk about a climber’s experience

11B Talk about things you know how to do

Object pronouns

Life events; Years

Sound and spelling: Numbers

can for ability

Abilities; (very / pretty) well

can / can’t Stressed words; Consonant clusters

Getting started Talk about a family vacation be going to: affirmative and negative

Months and future time expressions; Ordinal numbers; The date

Sentence stress; be going to

12B Ask and answer about future plans

be going to: questions

Common verbs and collocations

Sound and spelling: /v/ and /w/

12C Make and accept invitations

Phonemic symbols and Irregular verbs p. 103

4

Sound and spelling: oo

Communication Plus p. 104

Grammar Focus p. 116

t

12A Talk about future plans

Talking about opinions

en

Unit 12 Plans

sm

11C Talk about opinions

s se

11A Talk about people’s lives

Making and accepting invitations

Vocabulary Focus p. 136


Contents Reading

Speaking

A conversation at a home store

Places to go shopping

At a home store

A conversation about old clothes

An article: They Make Colorful Clothes ...

The clothes you wear

A question about clothes

An advertisement and an email

Going shopping

An email reply to an advertisement; Commas, exclamation points, and question marks

Ca

Listening

In a store

Writing

m id

br

Unit Progress Test

People who travel for work

Past events

Sentences about past events

Conversations about animal stories

A website: WILD Stories!

Yesterday’s activities

Sentences about free time activities

Monday morning at work

A thank you note

Making plans

A thank you note; Writing short emails, notes, and texts

ge

Three conversations about past events

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

A conversation about a trip to Colombia

Unit Progress Test

A website: Backyard Camping

A past travel experience

Sentences about your last vacation

A conversation about summer vacations A blog post: New Year’s Fun in the Big Apple

A past vacation

Questions about a past vacation

A trip to Mexico

Asking for help and responding

An online post about a trip; Making the order clear

An online post

Unit Progress Test

A monologue about an apartment

Text messages

Present activities

A text message to a friend

Five phone conversations about present activities

A message board: How much do you use your phone?

A phone conversation to make plans

A message board comment

A message to a friend

A conversation about travel information

A message asking for information; Word order in questions

At the train station

Unit Progress Test

An article: They Were the First!

Past life events

Sentences about past life events

A conversation about a job description

An article: Amazing Humans

Your abilities

Questions about abilities

Out for dinner

An email to a friend

Interesting places to visit in a town / city

An email to a friend; Pronouns

sm

s se

A conversation about Valentina Tereshkova

Unit Progress Test

A TV show review: Danger Zone

Your next vacation

Notes about vacation plans and everyday activities

Two conversations about weekend plans

An article: Only 4,000 Weekends in Your Life!

Your future plans

Questions about future plans

Making plans with a friend

Invitations and replies

Inviting a friend

An invitation and a reply; Paragraphs

t

en

Three conversations about summer vacation plans

Unit Progress Test Writing Plus p. 158

5


CLASSROOM LANGUAGE 00.02

Listen and read.

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U Listen.

Read.

Teacher

Write.

Watch.

Work in pairs.

t

en

sm

s se

Look at the pictures.

6


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Say your name and country ■ Talk about people you know ■ Meet and greet new people

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1

Look at the picture. What country flags do you see?

b

What other countries do you know in English?

t

a

en

GETTING STARTED

sm

s se

HELLO!

UNIT

77


1    A

I’M FROM MEXICO

Ca

be: I / you / we affirmative and questions

m

br

01.01 Listen. Then say Hi, I’m … or Hello, I’m … and say your name.

I/we

you

I Camila. (= I am …) We from Ecuador. (= we are …)

How

you from the U.S.? you?

Now go to Grammar Focus 1A Part 1 on p. 116.

id

e Sound and spelling I’m, we’re

ge

01.06 Listen to the sound of I’m and we’re. a I am  b I’m  c we are  d we’re 2 Practice saying I’m and we’re.

1

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U f

Hello, I’m Harumi.

1 V Hi, I’m Vilma. What’s your name? C I’m Camila. V Hi, Camila. Nice to meet you.

Practice the conversations in 1b.

1 Work in pairs. Practice Conversation 1. 2 Work in groups of three. Practice Conversation 2. 3 Work with a new partner. Practice Conversation 3.

Read and listen to conversations 1–3. Match the conversations with groups of people a–c in the picture below. 01.02

V Countries

d

Hi, I’m Rubén.

b

G be: I / you / we

c Complete the sentences in the chart.

1 READING AND GRAMMAR

a

Learn to say your name and country

g

Practice the conversations in 1b again. Use your own name.

2 H Hello, I’m Harumi. K Hi. I’m Katia. P And I’m Pablo. Hi. H Are you from the U.S.? P No, we’re from Ecuador.

3 L Hi, Rubén. How are you? R Hi, Li. I’m fine. How are you? L Fine, thanks.

c

b

Michael

t

en

sm

Kelly

s se

a

8


UNIT 1 2 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR be: I / you / we negative a

b Complete the sentences in the chart.

01.07 Read and listen to the conversation. Choose the correct answers.

Ca

KELLY Are you Rubén? RUBÉN Yes, I am. KELLY Hi, I’m Kelly. RUBÉN Oh, hi. Are you a student here? KELLY No, I’m not a student. I’m your teacher! RUBÉN Oh … sorry.

c

Affirmative (+)

Negative (–)

I ’m We

a student. (= I am not) I’m We ’re not from England. (= we are not)

a student. (= I am) from England. (= we are)

Now go to Grammar Focus 1A Part 2 on p. 116.

m

d Read the sentences. Make them true for you. 4 I’m Laura. 5 We’re from Tokyo.

br

1 I’m a student. 2 We’re teachers. 3 I’m from the U.S.

id

1 Rubén is: a a student. b a teacher. 2 Kelly is: a a student.  b a teacher.

ge

e

Tell a partner your sentences in 2d. Are they the same?

01.09

Match the countries in the box with maps 1–8. Listen and check.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

a

U

3 VOCABULARY AND READING Countries

the United Kingdom / the U.K. China 1

5

b

the United States / the U.S. Spain Japan

2

3

6

, and my name’s Camila.

e

Give your piece of paper to the teacher and take a new one. Try to find the student with the information on your piece of paper. Are you from Puebla? No, I’m not. I’m from Mexico City.

.

Michael 17:03 6 I’m Michael. I’m from

. I’m a teacher in London.

Rubén 17:03 7 I’m from Barcelona, in

, and my name’s Rubén.

Kelly 17:03 Hello. I’m a teacher, and my name’s Kelly. 8 I’m from New York, in .

on a piece of paper. Puebla, Mexico

t

Li 17:03 4 Hi, I’m Li. I’m from Beijing, in . But I’m not in Beijing now. I’m a student in Shanghai. Harumi 17:03 5 My name’s Harumi. I’m from Tokyo, in

d Choose a city and a country in 3a. Write it

.

. I’m from Cuenca.

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 1A on p. 136.

en

Camila 17:03 3 Hello. I’m from Puebla, in

c

sm

Vilma 17:02 1 I’m Vilma. I’m from Rio de Janeiro, in

8

s se

OUR GROUP

Mexico

4

7

01.10 Complete the sentences with the correct country. Listen and check.

Pablo 17:02 2 Hi, I’m Pablo. I’m from

Ecuador Brazil

4 SPEAKING Communication 1A Student A go to p. 104. Student B go to p. 106.

9


1    B

HE’S ECUADORIAN

1 VOCABULARY Nationalities Do you know the people in pictures a–h? Ask your partner. Do you know Serena and Venus Williams?

id

br

m

Ca

a

Learn to talk about people you know

b Match the nationalities with pictures a–h.

G be: he / she / they V Nationalities

c

d

Pronunciation Listen to the words in 1b. How many syllables are in each word? A | mer | i | can = 4 syllables 01.12

01.13

Listen and notice the stressed syllable.

e

Listen to the words in 1b again. Underline the stressed syllables. Then listen and repeat.

f

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 1B on p. 136.

01.12

ge

A | mer | i | can Chi | nese Mex | i | can Ec | ua | do | ri | an Span | ish Brit | ish Jap | a | nese Bra | zil | ian e

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

a

Ricky Rubio – basketball player

Neymar - soccer player

b

f

Shohei Ohtani — baseball player

Heather Watson – tennis player

c

g

d

h

Antonio Valencia – soccer player

Javier Hernández and Guillermo Ochoa – soccer players

t

Zhu Ting – volleyball player

en

sm

s se

10

Serena and Venus Williams – tennis players


UNIT 1 2 GRAMMAR be: he / she / they affirmative a

01.15

4 GRAMMAR

be: he / she / they negative and questions

Match 1–3 with a–c. Listen and check.

1 Heather Watson is a tennis player. 2 Shohei Ohtani is a baseball player. 3 Serena and Venus Williams are tennis players.

a Complete the charts with the words in the box.

a He’s Japanese. b They’re American. c She’s British.

they ’s not is

Ca +

br

m

b Complete the chart. she’s …

id

she is … he is … they are …

2

U

a

3 Javier Hernández and Guillermo Ochoa

Look at the photo below. Read and listen to Mia talk about the people on her vacation. Complete 1–6 with the words in the box. 01.17

American

Luis Lucía 1

Colombian

Mexican

Spanish. Chinese.

Now go to Grammar Focus 1B Part 2 on p. 116.

c

01.21

1 A he Mexican? B No, . 2 A they American? B Yes, .

d

3 A B No, 4 A B No, 5 A B Yes,

she Chinese? . they Brazilian? . he British? .

Practice saying 1–5 in 4c with a partner.

Language Plus this / these

This is Anna. this = one person These are my friends Lucía and Mateo. these = two or more people

5 SPEAKING

Communication 1B Student A go to p. 104. Student B go to p. 106.

t

en

sm

s se

Tell a partner about two of your friends. What nationality are they?

Complete the sentences. Listen and check.

Anna

. She’s my friend from Chicago. MIA This is 2 She’s ______. NOAH OK. And who’s this? 3 MIA This is ______. He’s a teacher in Brazil. NOAH Is he Brazilian? 4 MIA No, he’s not Brazilian. He’s ______. NOAH Oh, really. 5 MIA And these are my friends ______ and Mateo. They’re married. NOAH Are they American? 6 MIA No, they’re not American. They’re ______ – from Veracruz.

b

She They

b

Tell a partner your sentences in 2d. Are they the same?

3 LISTENING

She’s Spanish. They’re Chinese.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

d Write two sentences about the people below.

e

–

Spanish? Chinese?

Now go to Grammar Focus 1B Part 1 on p. 116.

1 Ricky Rubio 2 Zhu Ting

+

?

… …

ge

c

1

are ’re not she

11


1    C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to meet and greet new people W LearnParagraph writing

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Intonation

Nice to meet you

W A personal profile

a

ge

id

br

m

Ca 1 LISTENING

Meeting new people 1

U

a

Look at picture a. Is she in an office? 01.22

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

b c

3 LISTENING AND USEFUL LANGUAGE

Listen to Part 1 and check your answer in 1a.

a

Daniel

Listen to Part 1 again. Complete the sentences with words in the box. 01.22

Hi

Good morning

01.24 Listen to Part 2. Sophia meets the manager of Blue Web Technology. What’s his name?

Darren

David

, welcome to Blue Web Technology. RECEPTIONIST SOPHIA , my name’s Sophia Taylor. It’s my first day.

2 USEFUL LANGUAGE  Greeting people a Complete 1–3 with the words in the box. evening

morning afternoon 1

7 a.m.–12 p.m. = 2 12 p.m.–5 p.m. = 3 5 p.m.–10 p.m. =

1 I’m / My name’s Sophia Taylor. 2 I’m / My name’s David.

c

01.23 Pronunciation Listen. How many syllables are in the words and expressions? hi (1)     good | mor | ning     good | eve | ning

d Practice the conversation in 3c with a partner. e

1 A How are you? 1 B I’m fine, . 2 A Hi! How are you? 2 B Oh, thanks.

5 6 a.m. 6 1 p.m.

Good morning. Good afternoon.

f 12

thank you

,

3 A My name’s Jack. 3 B Chloe. 4 4 A Good . How are you? B I’m OK, thank you.

Practice the conversations in 3e with a partner.

t

not bad I’m morning

Look at the times with a partner. Use the correct expression. 3 11 a.m. 4 10 p.m.

01.27 Listen to the expressions. Complete them with the words in the box.

en

Listen to the words and expressions in 2b again. Underline the stressed syllables. 01.23

1 8 p.m. 2 3 p.m.

Pronunciation Listen and notice the stressed

A How are you? B I’m good, thank you. And you? A I’m fine, thanks.

hello

d

01.26

words.

sm

hel | lo    good | af | ter | noon

c

Listen to the sentences. Underline the words you hear. Are both options in 1–2 possible? 01.25

s se

b

b


UNIT 1 4 LISTENING AND USEFUL LANGUAGE Meeting new people 2 a

01.28

b

01.28

conversation in 4c. Use your names.

Listen to Part 3 again. Underline the correct answer.

Ca

1 ISAAC 2 DAVID 3 ISAAC 01.29

m

c

d Work in groups of three. Practice the

Listen to Part 3. Are Sophia and Isaac friends?

This is Hassan.

Nice to meet / see you too, Sophia. So, this is your home / office. OK. So, ... this is your desk / chair.

Nice to meet you, Hassan.

Put the conversation in the correct order. Listen and check. Nice to meet you, too, Sophia. Nice to meet you, Isaac. This is Isaac Jackson.

id

br

ISAAC SOPHIA DAVID

ge

7 WRITING

5 PRONUNCIATION Intonation Listen to phrases 1–5. Does the intonation change or stay the same ? 01.30

1 Hello. 2 How are you?

b

01.30

3 I’m good. 4 Nice to meet you.

5 Thank you.

Listen to the phrases in 5a again and

repeat.

a Read Sophia’s profile. What information about her is new?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

a

B LU E W EB TECHNOLOGY Our people in Atlanta

Hi, my name’s Sophia Taylor. I’m from Toronto in Canada. I’m in an office with Isaac Jackson.

b Now go to Writing Plus 1C on p. 158 for Capital letters and periods.

c Write a profile about you and your English class. Here

01.31

Complete the conversation. Listen and check.

sm

a

s se

6 SPEAKING

are some ideas: Hi/Hello, my … I’m from … in … I’m in a class with … in room …

d Read other students’ profiles. Is everyone from the same place?

t

Hi. Good afternoon. Hello. 1 I’m Michelle, and this Lee. Nice to meet you. I’m Jorge. 2 Nice to you, too. How are you? 3 I’m good. And ? I’m good. 4 I’m , too.

en

MICHELLE LEE JORGE MICHELLE JORGE LEE JORGE LEE MICHELLE

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

b Work in groups of three. Practice the conversation in 6a. Use your names.

YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

13


UNIT 1

b Complete the nationalities.

Review

> Spa nish

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Underline the correct answer. Hello. I’m / are Anna. “Are you students?” “Yes, we’re / we are.” You am not / ’re not a teacher. “Am I / I am right?” “Yes, you are.” Where are you / you are? We’re / am at home.

1 Canad

4 Jap

2 Brazil

5 Brit

id

br

m

1 2 3 4 5 6

ge

b Add is, ’s not, are, or ’re not.

c

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1 “Is your name Sandy?” “No, it .” 2 “Are Javier Hernández and Guillermo Ochoa from Mexico?” “Yes, they .” 3 “Is Ricky Rubio Spanish?” “Yes, he .” 4 “ New York and Washington in the U.S.?” “Yes, they are.” 5 “Are your friends soccer players?” “No, they .” 6 “ your teacher English?” “No, she .”

> They’s Spanish.

They’re Spanish.

1 No, he ’re not from China. 2 You are OK? 3 Yes, I’m.

2 VOCABULARY

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

4 She is Colombian? 5 I not am Brazilian. 6 They are from the U.S.?

b

a Write the names of the countries.

c

3 3

22

He

01.32

Listen and practice saying the short forms.

not

Good morning. How are you? They’re American. We’re teachers. Nice to meet you.

Listen again to check. Practice saying the sentences. 01.33

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … say my name and country talk about people I know

14

meet and greet new people

t

endiUt sSatte eixMco ipSan hiCan anaJp larBiz

I’m They’re

en

1 2 3 4 5 6

d

I am They are She is We are It is I am not He is not

01.33 Listen to these phrases. Underline the stressed word or syllable.

1 2 3 4 5

55

Short forms

sm

66

44

Full forms

s se

11

6 Ital

a Write the short forms in the chart.

Ask and answer the questions in 1b.

d Correct the sentences.

3 Amer


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about your hometown ■ Talk about possessions and common

objects ■ Ask for and give personal information

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

2

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 Is it a … ? • hot country • big city • new house 2 What country do you think it is?

t

en

ALL ABOUT ME

sm

s se

UNIT

3 Count (1, 2, 3, … ): • the windows on the house • the people in the picture

b

What colors do you see on the house?

15 15


2A

Learn to talk about your hometown

IT’S A BIG CITY

G be: it’s / it’s not; Possessive adjectives V Common adjectives

1 LISTENING

2 GRAMMAR be: it’s / it’s not

a

a Complete the chart with it or it’s.

m

Ca

02.01 Match the words in the box with pictures a–b. Listen and check.

town

city

br

Which are you from?

id

b

Rocío

Carlo

1 2 3 4 5

U

c

it

it’s

it’s not

Conversation 1 a big city? A Is 1 B No, no. 2 a city. Conversation 2 A 3 it a city? 4 B Yes, it is. a big city. a

in Italy.

–

Ravello’s not in Mexico.

not in Mexico.

?

Is Ravello in Italy?

Is

in Italy?

Giovanna’s from Ravello in Italy. a town near Naples. Aaron’s from Blue Bell, Pennsylvania. American. Ricardo’s Spanish. from Madrid. Akira’s from Soka in Japan. a city near Tokyo. Vanessa’s from Zapopan in Mexico. a big city near Guadalajara.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

02.02 Listen again. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

is

Ravello is in Italy.

b Complete the sentences with he’s, she’s, or it’s.

ge

02.02 Listen and match pictures a–b with the names in the box.

+

c

02.03

d

Now go to Grammar Focus 2A Part 1 on p. 118.

Listen and check.

Language Plus in / near Naples is in Italy.

Ravello is near Naples.

e Write sentences about you.

I’m from …    It’s a (town / city) (in / near) …

f

Tell a partner your sentences.

t

en

sm

s se

b

16


UNIT 2

Our Homes

3 READING AND VOCABULARY

Common adjectives

a

02.06 Read and listen to Our Homes. Complete the chart.

home

home

Ca

big apartment Miguel

Aaron

Sophia

Rocío

Carlo

My apartment is in a new part of Quito. It’s very big. My friend Miguel is from Otavalo. It’s a beautiful town near Quito. This is his home – it’s a small house. Rocío

br

m

Pietro and Susanna

02.07 Listen to the words. Which words have a /h/ sound? Which words have a /w/ sound?

how hotel

where

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co My apartment in Ravello is big, old, and beautiful. My friends Pietro and Susanna are from Naples. This is their home. It’s a big apartment in a nice part of town. Carlo

Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Listen and check. 02.08

big

small

old

new

1 It’s a

house.

3 It’s a

city.

2 It’s a

apartment.

4 It’s an

house.

My home is a small house in Blue Bell. It’s an old town. My friend Sophia is from Philadelphia. This is her home. It’s a small apartment, and it’s new and beautiful. Aaron

b Complete the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 2A on p. 137.

4 GRAMMAR

a Read Our Homes again. Complete the chart.

d Complete the sentences about a friend. My friend

is from

. His / Her home is

.

t

I you he she we they

Possessive adjective

Now go to Grammar Focus 2A Part 2 on p. 118.

en

Pronoun

c

sm

Possessive adjectives

Javier is from Barcelona. home is in a nice part of the city. Are you from Berlin? Where’s apartment? We’re from Bogotá. home is near a big hotel. Sarah is from England. town is near Hastings. Pedro and Eva are from Mexico City. apartment is very big.

s se

d

what

Practice saying the words.

2

c

hi who

U

home

ge

1

id

b Sound and spelling /h/ and /w/

your

e

her our

5 SPEAKING

Tell a partner about your friend’s home.

Communication 2A Student A go to p. 104. Student B go to p. 106. Student C go to p. 108.

17


2B

Learn to talk about possessions and common objects

DO YOU HAVE A PHONE?

G Plural nouns; have V Common objects 1; Numbers 1

1 VOCABULARY Common objects 1

2 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR Plural nouns

a

a

02.13 Listen to the conversation with an airport customs official. Check (✓) the words you hear.

books computers phones watches umbrellas bottles newspapers knives

m

Ca

02.11 Match 1–10 in picture a with the words in the box. Listen and check.

Two objects in 1a are not OK at an airport. What are they?

ge

id

b

br

a computer a newspaper a knife a phone a key a watch an umbrella a ticket a book a bottle of water

Language Plus a / an

Cover the words in the box in 1a. Ask a partner questions about the objects in the picture. What’s this?

d

b Complete the chart.

It’s a watch.

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 2B Common objects 1 on p. 138.

a

Singular (= 1)

Plural (= 2+)

a key a newspaper a watch a knife

keys

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

• a key   • a book • an apple • an umbrella

U

We use a before most nouns. We use an before a, e, i, o, u.

c Most nouns add -s in the plural. How are the plurals of watch and knife different?

5

2

6 3

7

4 8

t

9 10

18

en

sm

s se

1


UNIT 2 d

4 VOCABULARY Numbers 1

Sound and spelling /s/, /z/, and / z/ 1

02.14 Listen and practice these sounds. Which word has an extra syllable in the plural? 1 /s/ books 2 /z/ keys 3 / z/ watches

2

02.15 Listen to these words. Which word has an extra syllable in the plural? Listen again and repeat.

Ca

knives

apples

houses phones

br

Student A: Say a singular word. Student B: Say the plural.

id

Then switch roles.

ge

Now go to Grammar Focus 2B on p. 118.

3 GRAMMAR I have / you have

, and my 2k

s, and an

9

b Match the words in the box with numbers 1–12 in 4a.

? of w

. Sorry!

seven two nine four eight eleven three six one ten twelve five

c

Work in pairs.

Student A: Say a number. Student B: Say the next number.

3

1

3 6

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

02.16 Look at the X-ray picture and complete the conversation. Listen and check.

A What’s in your bag? B Mm, I have a 1b 3 u . A Do you have a 4p B Yes. Oh, and a 5b

2 5 8

10 11 12

U

a

Listen and repeat the numbers.

4 7

Work in pairs.

f

02.18

1

m

e

bottles tickets

a

2

Then switch roles.

5

4

+

?

I have a book.

Do you have a book?

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 2B Numbers 1 on p. 141.

5 SPEAKING

a Write three things you have in your bag.

a bottle of water

Pronunciation Listen again. Practice saying the sentences. 02.17

1 here (in class) 2 at home

b Do you have an umbrella here?

Do you have an umbrella at home?

Yes.

No.

a computer

t

an apple

Ask a partner about objects 1–5 in 3a. Ask about:

en

d

Listen to the forms of have.

e

sm

c

02.17

Communication 2B Student A go to p. 104. Student B go to p. 106.

s se

b

d

Guess what is in your partner’s bag. Do you have a phone?

Yes.

Do you have a knife?

No!

19


2         C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to ask forwriting and give personal information W LearnParagraph

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

p Intonation in questions

What’s your address?

w A form

1 LISTENING

Ca

a Think about a good home for you. Check (✓) four boxes. 1

3

m

a house an apartment in a small town in a city

2

4

br

b

big small near a park near stores

id

Tell a partner about your home in 1a.

ge

A good home for me is …

02.21

Listen to Part 1. Answer the questions.

U

c

d

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

1 Who asks questions, Juan or the woman? 2 What kind of home does Juan need, an apartment or a house? 02.21 Listen to Part 1 again. Check (✓) the correct answer.

1 Juan’s last name: a   Hays 2 His address in Seattle: a   55 Park Street 3 His phone number: a   760 264 7893

b

Hayes

b

5 Park Street

b

760 264 7389

2 USEFUL LANGUAGE Asking for and giving personal information a

02.22

check.

four-two-one-five-oh-five-two-seven-three-eight four-two-fifteen-oh-five-two-seven-three-eight

2 a    b

chris-robinson-from-travelmail-point-com chris-robinson-at-travelmail-dot-com

Underline the correct word. Listen and check your answer. 02.24

AGENT Juan Hayes. What / How do you spell that? JUAN  J-U-A-N.

20

02.25

Listen again and repeat.

e

Now go to Writing Plus 2C Part 1 on p. 158 for The alphabet.

f

Ask a partner his/her last name. Then ask how to spell it.

g

Communication 2C Student A go to p. 105. Student B go to p. 108.

t

1 a    b

1 How do you spell that? 2 Can you spell that? 3 Sorry, what’s the spelling?

en

c

Listen to the answers to questions 3 and 4 in 2a again. Check (✓) the correct answer. 02.23

02.25 Pronunciation Listen to the questions. Notice the stressed part in each question.

sm

b

What’s your last name? It’s / I’m Robinson. What’s your address? It’s / It’s on 7 King Street. What’s your phone number? They’re / It’s 421 505 2738. What’s your email address? He’s / It’s chrisrobinson@travelmail.com.

d

s se

1 A B 2 A B 3 A B 4 A B

Underline the correct answer. Listen and


UNIT 2 3 LISTENING a

02.27 Listen to Part 2. What does Juan think? Check (✓) the correct sentence.

1 2

b

02.27 Listen to Part 2 again. Check (✓) the correct information about the apartment.

1 2 3

The apartment’s really nice. The apartment’s not very nice.

small good for one person near a supermarket

big good for two people near a park

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 4 PRONUNCIATION Intonation in

questions

a

6 WRITING

a Read about Juan. What’s the new information?

Local Rentals: Customer Information

02.28 Listen to the questions. Does the intonation go up or down at the end?

First name: Last name: Address: Phone number: Email:

1 What’s your last name? 2 What’s your phone number?

b c

02.28

Listen again and repeat the questions.

02.29 Practice asking the questions with a partner. Then listen and check the intonation.

3 What’s the spelling?

b

Now go to Writing Plus 2C Part 2 on p. 158 for Spelling.

s se

1 What’s your address? 2 Where are you from?

Juan Hayes 55 Park Street 760 264 7893 juanh@travelmail.com

c Complete the form with your information.

a

Talk to different students. Ask about: • address • email address

What’s your last name? Can you spell that, please?

It’s Mishkin.

M-I-S-H-K-I-N.

t

Write down the information. Ask about the spelling.

en

• names (first name and last name) • phone number

First name: Last name: Address: Phone number: Email:

sm

Local Rentals: Customer Information

5 SPEAKING

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

21


UNIT 2

b Complete the crossword with the objects in pictures 1–8.

Review

2

3

1

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Correct the underlined word.

4

m

> It’s big houses. They’re 1 This is Katia, and this is she house. 2 “Excuse me! Is this you bag?” “Yes, it is! Thank you.” 3 Hiro’s from Soka. She’s a city in Japan. 4 It not a big apartment. 5 They live in Madrid. This is they home. 6 “Hi, we’re from New York. We city is big!”

5

br

id

1

2

3

ge

4

5

U

b Complete the sentences with the plural form of the nouns in parentheses.

6

They’re my . (key) Are they your ? (knife) I have two . (watch) Are they your ? (bottle of water) 5 San Francisco and Seattle are in the U.S. (city) 6 Where are the ? (book)

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

1 2 3 4

6

7

7

8

8

c Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

are his is they they’re it’s it’s not

a Match 1–6 with the opposite adjectives

> big 1 easy 2 bad 3 right 4 sad 5 interesting 6 new

small

/z/

/ɪz/

phones

b

02.32 Check (✓) the words with a /h/ sound. Practice saying the words.

hello her our his

is home house where

how who she phone

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … talk about my hometown talk about possessions and common objects

22

ask for and give personal information

watch happy right

t

boring difficult good happy old small wrong

/s/

en

in the box.

phones watches keys addresses houses apartments umbrellas tickets books computers

sm

2 VOCABULARY

Look at the words in the box. Is the final sound /s/, /z/, or /ɪz/? Complete the chart. Practice saying the words. 02.31

s se

a town 1 I’m from Ravello. in Italy. 2 The men at home. 3 “Are they big houses?” “Yes, are.” 4 my books. 5 it a city? 6 This is John and this is apartment. 7 “Is Madrid in Italy?” “No, .”

a


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Say what you eat and drink ■ Talk about food and meals ■ Order and pay in a café

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

3

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 What food can you see in the shopping cart? 2 Which food in the shopping cart do you like?

t

en

FOOD AND DRINK

sm

s se

UNIT

3 Which food in the shopping cart don’t you like? 4 What food do you buy?

b

What other food do you know in English?

23 23


3A

DO YOU LIKE FISH?

1 VOCABULARY Food 1

G Simple present: I / you / we / they V Food 1

2 READING AND GRAMMAR

Simple present: I / you / we / they affirmative and negative

Match pictures 1–7 with the words in the box. Then listen and check.

Ca

a

Learn to say what you eat and drink

03.01

m fruit

meat

bread

vegetables eggs

br

1

rice

fish

2

id

Read and listen to texts a–c. Match them with the families in pictures 1–3. 03.06

ge

FOOD

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 6

5

Which word isn’t in the pictures?

b

4

3

a Which words in 1a can you see in pictures 1–3?

FOR ONE WEEK

7

b

a They eat a lot of fruit and vegetables every day. And they eat meat with rice. They like eggs, but they don’t eat bread or fish. They don’t like fish. They drink a lot of water.

03.01 Pronunciation Listen to the words in 1a again. Which word has more than one syllable? Underline the stressed syllable.

c

Say two things you like

b They eat meat and eggs every day, but they don’t eat fish. And they don’t eat vegetables, but they eat fruit. They really like bread.

c They eat a lot of rice and vegetables. They like

fruit, and they eat bread. They don’t eat fish or meat. They are vegetarians.

.

1

I like fruit, and I like fish.

2

03.02 Listen and practice these sounds. 1 /i/ meat  2 /ɪ/ fish  3 /ɑɪ/ I’m

sm

1

s se

d Sound and spelling /i/, /ɪ/, and /ɑɪ/

03.03 Look at the words in the box. What sounds

en

do the letters in bold have? Listen and add the words to the sound groups below.

t

big eat nine sister it’s me milk China five his teacher hi cheese

3

Sound 1 /i/

Sound 2 /ɪ/

Sound 3 /ɑɪ/

meat

fish

I’m

Practice saying the words. Tang family, China

e Now go to Vocabulary Focus 3A on p. 139. 24


UNIT 3 c Complete the chart.

3 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR Simple present:

+

I / you / we / they questions

–

I We They

eat like

I We They

meat. fish.

eat like

meat. fish.

Ca

d Underline the correct words. The Tangs eat / don’t eat fish. The Delgados eat / don’t eat bread. The Donatis like / don’t like meat. The Tangs eat / don’t eat a lot of eggs. The Donatis like / don’t like vegetables.

b

id

ge

Which family’s food would you like to have for a week? Why? 2

vegetables   rice

meat fruit

Listen again. Complete the conversation. 03.07

Rajit

A Rajit, what do you eat in a week? B Oh, a lot of things. I eat rice every day, and bread. I eat a lot of fruit. I eat fish … A 1 you eat meat? B No, I don’t like meat. A Do you 2 vegetables? B Oh yes, I like vegetables. I eat a lot of vegetables. A Do you 3 them every day? B Yes. They’re very good for me.

br

e

03.07 Listen to a conversation with Rajit. Check (✓) the different food he eats.

✓ bread   fish

m

1 2 3 4 5

a

03.08 Complete the questions in the chart. Then listen and check.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c

+

–

?

I eat fish. We like fruit.

I don’t eat fish. We don’t like fruit.

you you

fish? fruit?

d

Now go to Grammar Focus 3A on p. 118.

e

Practice the conversation in 3b with a partner.

4 SPEAKING

a

Ask and answer questions with a partner. Complete the chart with their answers. Do you eat meat?

Donati family, Italy

3

Yes, (I do).

Do you eat bread every day?

No, not every day.

s se

Do you like fish?

No, I don’t like fish.

meat

every day?

sm

yes / no?

like?

en

fish rice

t

bread vegetables fruit eggs

b

Write three words for drinks. Then ask your partner questions.

Delgado family, Guatemala

Do you drink soda?

Do you like milk?

25


3B

Learn to talk about food and meals

I USUALLY HAVE DINNER EARLY

G Adverbs of frequency V Food 2; Time

For my breakfast, I have ...

1 READING

Ca

a Check (✓) the boxes about your breakfast. Talk about your answers in 1a with a partner.

br

m

b

c

ge

id

I have coffee – I don’t have ice cream.

NO

YES tea

bread

fruit

ice cream

fish

cold pizza

nothing

NO

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Look at the pictures. What’s the number one breakfast in the U.S.? Make a guess below.

YES coffee

2 VOCABULARY Food 2; Time

a Match sentences 1–3 with pictures a–c.

fruit

cereal

1 I have lunch at twelve / one o’clock. 2 They have dinner at six / seven o’clock. 3 In my family, we have breakfast at seven / eight o’clock. a

toast

eggs

d Read the text and find the answer to 1c.

THE NUMBER ONE BREAKFAST

in the morning

b

in the afternoon

e

c

I think is the number one breakfast food in my country.

in the evening

26

t

What’s the number one breakfast food in your country? What’s the number one drink?

en

sm

s se

In the U.S., people like different food for breakfast. They sometimes eat cereal with cold milk, but eggs are the number one breakfast food. They also like fruit with toast and bacon or sausage.


UNIT 3 b

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 3B Food 2 on p. 140.

b

03.18

c 03.13 Listen to sentences 1–3 in 2a. Underline

Name

the correct words.

d

03.14

Monica

Ca

2

3

4

c

br

m (a) quarter to five four thirty

id

(a) quarter after four four o’clock

Point to a clock in 2d for a partner to say the time.

f

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 3B Time on p. 141.

a

1 2 3 4

U

03.17 Look at the words in the box. What sounds

Sound 1 /æ/ after 3

a

afternoon

c

water orange

3 sometimes (50%) (0%) 4

Now go to Grammar Focus 3B on p. 120.

1 2 3 4

e

I have breakfast at 9:00 on the weekends. (sometimes) I have a sandwich for lunch. (usually) I have breakfast. (never) In the evening, I have dinner at about 7:00. (always)

Which sentences in 4d are true for you?

Language Plus What time … ? / When … ? What time do you have dinner? = When do you have dinner?

the U.S.

Brazil Mexico

China

5 SPEAKING

a Answer questions 1–4. Write another question with

2

3

Monica

Ask and answer the questions in 5a with other students. Who has the same answers as you?

t

b

In the morning, do you eat breakfast? In the evening, do you eat a big dinner? What time do you have lunch? What do you eat for lunch?

en

1 2 3 4

Lucas

sm

your own idea.

Julie

s se

03.18 Listen to three people talk about dinner. Match 1–3 with a country in the box.

1

have dinner early. have fish for dinner. have dinner early in Spain. have bread and cheese.

the sentences.

Practice saying the words.

Spain

never

d Put the words in parentheses in the correct place in

Sound 2 /ɔ/

Communication 3B Student A go to p. 105. Student B go to p. 107.

Ecuador

We I People I

1 always (100%) 2 (80%)

four

3 LISTENING

JULIE LUCAS MONICA MONICA

sometimes

b Complete 2 and 4 with words in the box in 4a.

do the letters in bold have? Listen and add the words to the sound groups below. apple

usually

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

03.16 Listen and practice these sounds. 1 /æ/ after family  2 /ɔ/ four  quarter

all

03.19 Listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box.

always

g Sound and spelling /æ/ and /ɔ/

class

Do you like the same food as Julie, Lucas, and Monica?

4 GRAMMAR Adverbs of frequency

ge

e

h

Food

Lucas

Match the clocks with the times. Listen and

1

2

Dinner time

Julie

check.

1

Listen again. Complete the chart.

Jaime and I never eat breakfast.

27


3         C

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Stressed and unstressed words W A text message

I’d like a large coffee, please

1 LISTENING

2 PRONUNCIATION Stressed and

What food and drinks on the menu do you like? Tell a partner.

m

Ca

a

Learn to write an email with travel advice to order and pay in a café W LearnParagraph writing

unstressed words

a

03.24 Listen to 1–4. Is the pronunciation of of the same?

id

br

1 of 3 a bottle of water

b

2 a piece of cake 4 a slice of pizza

ge

Listen to these phrases. Which word isn’t stressed? 03.25

a large coffee    a large tea   a small orange juice

Practice saying the phrases in 2b.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c d

Work in pairs. Practice more phrases with a large / a small / a piece of … . Use the menu in 1a or your own ideas.

a

b

03.21

Pronunciation Listen. This word has two

syllables: cof | fee 03.22

Which words have two syllables? Listen and

check. sandwich

c

banana

orange

vegetable

Listen to the words in 1b again. Underline the stressed syllable. 03.22

coffee

d

b

s se

Practice saying the words in 1b with a partner.

e Find 1–3 in pictures a–c. f

Listen. Put pictures a–c in the correct order.

03.23

Listen again. Are the sentences true or

Tracy has a new watch. They order two large coffees. Tracy likes her watch. Hannah never has coffee at lunch.

c

t

28

03.23

false? 1 2 3 4

3 money

en

g

2 a watch

sm

1 a piece of chocolate cake


UNIT 3 4 SPEAKING a

Work with a partner. Student A: You work in a café. Student B: You’re a customer. Use the menu on p. 28 and the conversation map below. A

Ca

Hello

m

And something to eat?

Can I … ?

br

Thank you.

ge

id paying in a café

U

03.26

b

b

Here you go.

Switch roles and repeat the conversation.

5 WRITING a Read the text message

Hi, Brian. I’m at a café with Hannah. She’s my friend from work. This message is from my new smartwatch. I love it! Talk to you later!

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Listen and complete the sentences.

1 HANNAH I’d a large coffee, please. 2 TRACY Can we two pieces of chocolate cake, please? 03.26

Hello. I’d like … (a drink)

Of course. That’s …

3 USEFUL LANGUAGE Ordering and a

B

Tracy sends from her new smartwatch. Who is it for?

Listen again and repeat.

Delivered

Put the words in the correct order. Listen and check. 03.27

1 have / I / a small / can / coffee, / please ? 2 please / a vegetable sandwich, / I’d like . 3 two / can / have / we / banana cake / pieces of ?

c

Practice saying the sentences in 3b with a partner.

d

03.28 Put the conversation in the correct order. Listen and check.

e

c Write a text message to a friend. Here are some ideas:

Hi, … I’m … (at school / at work / at a café / at a restaurant) with … He’s / She’s … (Spanish / a student / very nice) Talk (to you) / See you soon / later.

d Read a partner’s text message. Who does he/she write about?

t

en

Can I have a small orange juice, please?

Now go to Writing Plus 3C on p. 159 for Contractions.

sm

Practice the conversation in 3d with a partner. Change the drink, food, and price.

b

s se

A slice of cheese pizza, please. Of course. That’s five dollars, please. Sure. And to eat? Here you go. Can I have a bottle of water, please? Thank you.

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

29


UNIT 3

c Look at 1–6 in the picture and complete the food words.

Review

1 b 2 r 3 m

1 GRAMMAR

4

4 a 5 o 6 e

s s s

5

Ca

2

a Write simple present sentences and questions with

m

the words and phrases.

> (–) I / have / lunch at home.

br

I don’t have lunch at home. (?) you / like / eggs (+) we / eat / bread every day. (–) I / drink / juice. (–) we / eat / meat. (+) you / like / fruit. (?) they / eat / fish

6

id

3

Always I / I always have a sandwich for lunch. I drink sometimes / sometimes drink soda. I eat usually / usually eat lunch at home. I never / never don’t drink milk. Never I have / I never have dinner at 9:00. I don’t sometimes / sometimes don’t have breakfast.

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

U

b Underline the correct answer. 1 2 3 4 5 6

a

d Correct the sentences. > I not like rice.

I don’t like rice.

No, we not do. Always I have breakfast. We not eat fish. I drink usually water. You like tea? Yes, do I.

2 VOCABULARY

b

coffee

cakes

juice banana

1 2 3 4

water after glass morning

apple orange quarter all

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … say what I eat and drink talk about food and meals

30

order and pay in a café

t

en

water, milk, tea, orange, apple, breakfast, lunch, meat, eggs, ice cream, cookies,

b Which is your favorite group in 2a?

5 6 7 8

sm

1 2 3 4 5 6

dinner fish

03.30 Listen to the words. Check (✓) the words with the /ɔ/ sound. Practice saying the words.

s se

a Complete the groups with words in the box.

Listen to the sentences. Check (✓) the sentence with the same vowel sounds in bold. 03.29

> Tea, please. a I like rice. b ✓ He eats meat. 1 It’s a fish sandwich. a His big sister is six. b I’d like ice cream. 2 She eats cheese. a Hi from China! b He teaches me. 3 Rice is nice. a His big sister is six. b I’d like ice cream. 4 Hi from China! a From nine to five. b It’s a fish sandwich.

Are the sentences in 1b true or false for you? Tell a partner.

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

ge

1 2 3 4 5 6


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about your life and ask about others’ ■ Talk about your family ■ Ask and talk about photos

ge

id

br

m

Ca U

a

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

4

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 Look at person a. Can you see … ? • her mother   • her father   • her grandparents 2 Do you think this family all lives together in one house?

t

en

MY LIFE AND MY FAMILY

sm

s se

UNIT

3 Who in the picture … ? • works • studies 4 What do you think the people in the picture do next?

b

Who lives in your home?

31 31


4A

WHAT DO YOU STUDY?

a

b

Learn to ask and talk about your life G Simple present: Wh- questions V Common verbs

こんにちは c

d

e

ge

id

br

m

Ca Match sentences 1–5 with pictures a–e. Listen and check. 04.01

1 I study in college. 2 I work in an office. 3 I speak Japanese.

4 We live in Los Angeles. 5 We go to the gym every day.

b

Which sentences in 1a are true for you?

c

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 4A on p. 142.

2 READING

a Read Matt’s blog. Which sentence is true? 1 “I live and I work in London.” 2 “I live in Málaga, and I work in London.” 3 “I speak Spanish very well.”

b Read Matt’s blog again. What does he say about these things?

4 number of days at work (in Málaga) 5 Spanish classes 6 Málaga

What do you think of Matt’s life?

I live …

e

32

I work / study …

I study English …

Tell a partner your sentences in 2d.

t

d Write sentences about you.

Apartments are very expensive there. In Málaga, Spain, apartments aren’t very expensive, and the beaches are beautiful. So I work in London, but I live in Málaga! I fly from Málaga to London on Monday. I work there for three days, and I stay with my sister. Then I fly to Málaga again, and I work from home two days a week. I don’t speak Spanish very well, so I study Spanish at a language school and I go to classes on Saturdays. I love Málaga – it’s a beautiful city, and it’s great to live here!

en

… in college … at school / at an English language school study … English / Spanish / Arabic … a subject (art, math)

I work in London.

sm

Language Plus study

JUST A NORMAL DAY!

s se

1 apartments in London 2 beaches in Málaga 3 number of days at work (in London)

c

Breakfast in MÁLAGA and Lunch in LONDON

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

a

U

1 VOCABULARY Common verbs


Canada 3 LISTENING a

Quebec City

04.03 Listen to Justin and Fernanda. Who lives in Ottawa, but works in Québec City?

b

04.03

Ottawa

Listen again. Underline the correct answers.

Fernanda is Brazilian / Canadian. Her home’s in Brazil / Canada. Her job is / isn’t near her home. She is / isn’t married. Fernanda and Bernardo speak English / Portuguese together.

ge

id

br

m

Ca

1 2 3 4 5

UNIT 4

U

4 GRAMMAR

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Simple present: Wh- questions

a

04.04

Complete the questions in the chart. Listen and

check.

Yes/No questions

you work from home?

Yes, I work two days from home. No, I work in an office.

Wh- questions

Where When What college?

b c

you live? you have dinner? you study in

I live in Ottawa. I have dinner at 8:00. I study Italian.

Now go to Grammar Focus 4A on p. 120.

Put the words in the correct order to make questions. Listen and check. 04.07

1 you work / do / in an office ? 2 do / where / you work ? 3 where / you live / do ?

4 college / study in / do you / what ? 5 do / speak Spanish / you ?

s se

04.07 Pronunciation Listen to the questions in 4c again. Notice the stressed words and syllables. 1 Do you work in an office?

e

04.07 Check (✓) the words we stress. Then listen to the questions in 4c again and repeat.

1 2

3 4

main verb (e.g., work) preposition (e.g., in)

t

f

question word (e.g., where) do

en

sm

d

Ask and answer the questions in 4c with a partner.

5 SPEAKING Communication 4A Student A go to p. 105. Student B go to p. 108.

33


4B

SHE HAS A SISTER AND A BROTHER

1 READING AND LISTENING

Learn to talk about your family G Simple present: he / she / it affirmative V Family and people; Numbers 2

a

b

e

f

Ca

a Match 1–6 with pictures a–f.

ge

id

br

m

1 Soccer player Lionel Messi with his children. 2 Pop star Beyoncé with her husband, Jay-Z, and her sister Solange. 3 Movie star Kate Hudson with her parents. 4 Movie director Alejandro González Iñárritu with his wife, his son, and his daughter. 5 Actor Colin Hanks and his father, Tom Hanks. 6 Singer Camila Cabello with her mother.

c

04.08

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

b

Listen and check.

What other things do you know about the people in the pictures?

2 VOCABULARY Family and people a Complete the chart. Use words from 1a.

e

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 4B Family and people on p. 143.

f Sound and spelling /ð/

mother

father son

wife brother

1

04.11 Listen and practice this sound.

/ð/ mother

2

04.12

this

b Which word in the sentences in 1a means … ? 2 boys and girls

that father

they

brother then

Practice saying the words.

3

c Look at the family tree. Which people … ? Ron

Mary

Work in pairs.

en

d

3 have a sister 4 have a child / children

sm

1 are married 2 have a brother

s se

1 mother and father

/ð/ is usually spelled th. Listen to the words and repeat.

Diana

Then switch roles. Are you married?

Do you have children?

34

t

Student A: Choose a person from the family tree. Student B: Ask questions to guess who Student A is. Michael

Jane

Laura

Natalie

James

Yes. Oliver

Yes.


c

UNIT 4

d

b Where do they live? Write the names of the countries. 4 María 5 Mehmet

1 Daniela 2 Carlos 3 Alex

c Daniela is forty-six. How old is … ? (Write the numbers in words.)

Ca

1 Carlos

3 María

Language Plus How old … ?

br

m

How old is she? She’s 25. How old are her children? They’re three and five.

id

Note: We use be, not have, to talk about age.

ge

3 READING AND VOCABULARY Numbers 2 a Read An International Family. Are the sentences true

U

or false?

2 Alex

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 4B Numbers 2 on p. 141.

e

Write the names of three famous people. How old are they? If you don’t know, guess! Read out the names. What do other students think?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

1 Pablo and Alicia have two small children. 2 María is married and lives in Turkey. 3 Pablo and Alicia live in Mexico.

d

Lady Gaga

An

International Family

I think she’s 38.

4 GRAMMAR

Simple present: he / she / it affirmative

a Look at the verbs in the chart and answer the questions. 1 How are the verbs in A different from the verbs in B? 2 How is has different?

Pablo and Alicia Moreno are married. Pablo is from Spain, and

I / we / you / they

he / she / it

Alicia is from Buenos Aires, in Argentina, but they live in New York. Their family is very international!

A I work in an office. We have two children.

Alicia has a sister and a brother. Her sister, Daniela, is 46. She lives in Buenos Aires, and her mother lives there, too. Her brother, Carlos, is 37. He lives in Brazil, and he works in São Paulo.

They live in New York.

B He works in São Paulo. She has a sister and a brother. She lives in Buenos Aires.

s se

1 He in an office. 2 He at home with his parents. 3 Her mother an apartment in New York.

sm

c Now go to Grammar Focus 4B on p. 120. d

Communication 4B Student A go to p. 105. Student B go to p. 109.

t

en

Alicia and Pablo have two children. Their son, Alex, is 19. He’s in college in Mexico, and he lives there, too. Their daughter, María, is 24. She lives in Istanbul with her Turkish husband, Mehmet.

b Complete the sentences with verbs from 4a.

5 SPEAKING a

Tell your partner about your family. Use the verbs in the box. Listen, but don’t write notes. have

b

go

study

live

work

My brother has two children – a boy and a girl.

Say what you remember about your partner’s family. Are you correct?

35


4         C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to ask and talk about photos W LearnParagraph writing

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Sound and spelling: /tʃ/ and /dʒ/

This is my father

W Photo captions

1 LISTENING

a

Ca

a

1 Do you have photos of family and friends with you? 2 Where do you have them, on your phone or in your wallet? 3 How often do you look at them?

br

m b

ge

id

Listen to Part 1 and answer the questions. 04.15

1 Who writes Hector an email? 2 Where is he/she?

c

04.16 Listen to Part 2. Answer the questions.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

b

U

Hector

Ask and answer the questions.

1 How many people does Hector talk about? 2 How many people does Toby talk about?

d

Complete the information about Hector’s and Toby’s families with the words in the box. Then listen to Part 2 again and check your answers. 04.16

sister cousin teacher supermarket

hotel

computers

1

Toby

, and his father’s the Hector’s mother’s a 2 3 manager of a . He has a , Isa. Isa has two girls, Yasmin and Gabriela. 4 Toby has a brother, Mike. He works with and is married to Kara. She’s the manager of a 5 6 . Troy also has a , James.

e

c

Talk about a favorite photo of your family. Who’s in it?

t

en

sm

s se

36


UNIT 4 2 USEFUL LANGUAGE Asking

3 PRONUNCIATION

and talking about photos

Sound and spelling: /tʃ/ and /dʒ/

a Look at expressions 1–7 from Part 2.

a

Do we use them to … ?

1 /tʃ/

a ask about photos b talk about your photos c talk about another person’s photos

b

Ca

br

ge

Look at expressions 1–4. Are they in group a, b, or c in 2a? Listen and check your answers in 2a and 2b. 04.17

Pronunciation Listen to the sentence. Answer the questions. Listen again and repeat. 04.18

Practice saying the words in 3b.

Communication 4C Student A go to p. 105. Student B go to p. 108.

5 WRITING

a Read Hector’s information about his sister. What information is new?

This is my sister, Isa, with her two beautiful daughters, Yasmin and Gabriela. They live in a new house in Rio de Janeiro – it’s very nice. Her husband, Pablo, isn’t here, because it’s his photo! They’re a great family.

This is my mother.

1 Do the first two words connect? 2 Is the pronunciation of s the same in this and is?

d

chips jeans question large job choose orange cheap match page cheese Germany

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

This is a picture of my town. It’s really nice. Do you have any pictures of your home? These are my friends Rob and Mona.

2 /dʒ/ manager James

4 SPEAKING

U

1 2 3 4

c

id

b

c

Listen and practice these sounds.

teacher picture

04.21 Listen to the words. Look at the sounds in bold. Which one is different in each group?

1 2 3 4

This is my mother. Do you have photos of your family? Nice picture! Can I see them? Who’s this? They’re cute. This is my sister, Isa.

m

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

04.20

04.19 Complete the conversation with expressions in the box. Listen and check.

Great photo!    Can I see them? He’s funny. Do you have any photos of your friends?

Yes, I do.

2

Sure. This is a photo of my friend Marco.

b

And this is me with my friend Emilio. 4 Yes, I know Emilio. You’re right – he’s really funny.

c Write about your photo from 1e. Here are some ideas:

3

Now go to Writing Plus 4C on p. 159 for Word order.

This is my … with … They live … It’s nice / great!

He’s / She’s / They’re …

d Read about your partner’s photo. How many people does

t

en

Practice the conversation in 2d. Take turns being A and B.

+

sm

e

1

s se

A B A B A B A B

he/she write about?

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

37


UNIT 4

d Match 1–6 with the words in the box. baby

Review

boy

girl

men

1

woman women 2

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Look at the words and write simple present questions.

m

> where / you / live   Where do you live? 1 what / your name 2 when / you / have lunch 3 what time / you / go to work 4 where / your friends / from 5 what / you / study 6 where / your school

br

3 6

5

ge

id

b

4

Ask and answer the questions in 1a.

U

c Correct the underlined words.

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

> My son like basketball. likes 1 Yolanda work in Boston. 2 Our daughter eat rice every day. 3 My city haves two universities. 4 Nacho go to school at 8:30. 5 My dad teachs Spanish. 6 My brother studys Chinese.

a

1 2 3 4

d Underline the correct answer. 1 2 3 4 5 6

b

When are / ’s / do you work? María is live / live / lives in Sydney. Where are / is / do you from? What are / is / do you have for breakfast? What are / is / do their names? What time do you gos / go / goes to school?

2 VOCABULARY a Cross out the answer

that is NOT possible.

c

six three eight seven

Are the sounds in bold the same (S) or different (D)? Practice saying the sentences. > We’re on page seventy-two.   D > He’s a manager at the gym.   S 04.24

1 2 3 4 5

Gary is a manager. John speaks German. It’s a picture of the gym. She teaches the grammar on page three. It’s a question about children.

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … talk about my life and ask about others talk about my family

38

manager gym Julia

ask and talk about photos

t

96 53 48 67 100 a

/dʒ/

en

5 6 7 8 9

Look at the information in the chart.

sm

one four five two

5 They teach at the university. 6 She’s their daughter.

s se

c Complete the numbers. twenty- nine

04.23

teach picture child

Which information in 2a is true for you? Tell a partner.

> 29 1 31 2 24 3 75 4 82

These are my friends. I study there. This is my father. They’re at the movies.

/tʃ/

> I work in a factory / in an office / tennis. 1 I meet my friends for coffee / to the gym / people at work every day. 2 I play home / baseball / the guitar. 3 I live in Italian / a small house / a big city. 4 I teach at a university / to the movies / young children. 5 I study English / in college / to school. 6 I speak Spanish / Japan / Chinese.

b

04.22 Underline ONE or TWO /ð/ sounds in each sentence. Practice saying the sentences.


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Describe a town ■ Talk about hotels and hostels ■ Ask about and say where places are

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

5

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and check (✓) the things you think are in the museum. art

a phone

photos

tickets

a restaurant

a store

b

t

en

PLACES

sm

s se

UNIT

Talk about the questions. 1 Who do you think visits this museum? 2 What other buildings do you think are near this museum? 3 Would you like to visit this museum?

39 39


5A

THERE ARE A FEW STORES

Ca

VERY HOT!

Stovepipe Wells, Death Valley, California

G there is / there are: affirmative V Places in a town

1 READING a

Look at the pictures of Resolute Bay and Stovepipe Wells. Which place is … ? • in a desert

• on the ocean

• a good place for tourists

b Read about the two places and check your answers in 1a.

c Are the sentences about Resolute Bay (RB) or Stovepipe Wells (SW)?

ge

id

br

m

Stovepipe Wells is a small town in Death Valley in California. It’s in the desert, so it’s very dry, and it’s also very hot during the day – it’s sometimes 50°C in the summer. Only a few people live there, but there’s a good road through the town, so there are a lot of tourists. In the town, there’s a restaurant, there’s a store, and there’s a gas station. There are also two big hotels near the town. One of the hotels even has a golf course!

Learn to describe a town

“We often come here by car.” “It’s always dark here in the winter.” “The school is small. There’s only one teacher.” “There’s a golf course at our hotel.” “Boats come here in the summer.”

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1 2 3 4 5

d

Do you think Resolute Bay and Stovepipe Wells are ... ? • nice places to live?

• nice places for a vacation?

Why / Why not?

Language Plus a few, a lot of

VERY COLD! Resolute Bay, Canada

a few stores       a lot of stores

2 GRAMMAR

s se

Resolute Bay is in the far north of Canada. It’s cold in summer (4°C), and it’s very cold in winter (–35°C). Also, because it’s so far north, it’s night from September to April. It’s a very small place. Only about 200 people live there, but there’s an airport, there are a few stores, there’s a school for the children, and there are three small hotels. There are even a few cars, but there’s only one good road in Resolute Bay. It goes from the town to the airport!

a few cars         a lot of cars

there is / there are: affirmative

sm

a Complete the sentences. Check your answers in the texts in 1b.

05.01 Pronunciation Listen and write the sentences. Tell the sentences to your partner.

c Now go to Grammar Focus 5A on p. 122. d Cover the texts. Make sentences about the two places: • hotels

e 40

• cars

• an airport

• stores

• schools

Write two true sentences about your street. Use there is or there are. Check your partner’s sentences.

t

b

is a school / a good road. three small hotels / a lot of tourists.

en

Singular: 1 Plural: There 2


UNIT 5 3 VOCABULARY Places in a town a

b Which places in 3a are these? 1 2 3 4 5 6

Match the words in the box with the places in pictures a–f. Listen and check. 05.03

café store restaurant school bank hotel

“My daughter goes there every day.” “We go there for dinner every Saturday night.” “I often drink coffee there with my friends.” “You’re in room 305. Here’s your key.” “They have fruit and vegetables and also newspapers and magazines.” “I’d like $500, please.”

Ca

c

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 5A on p. 144.

d Sound and spelling /u/ and /ʌ/

m

a

id

br

1 2

05.06 Look at the words in the box. What sounds do the

letters in bold have? Listen and add the words to the sound groups below.

ge

summer food new two who mother umbrella beautiful sometimes pool

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

b

05.05 Listen and practice these sounds. 1 /u/ school  2 /ʌ/ lunch

3

Sound 1 /u/

Sound 2 /ʌ/

school

lunch

Practice saying the words.

4 LISTENING

c

a

05.07 Listen to a conversation about places in a town. Look at the map and match 1–5 with the words in the box.

bookstore

b

d

bank

restaurant

supermarket

05.07 Listen again. Are the sentences true or false?

1 There are a lot of stores on 14th Street. 2 Nice people work in the bookstore. 3 The café is Italian. 4 The coffee in the café isn’t very good. 5 The restaurant on Main Street has Chinese food. 6 The restaurant is cheap.

sm

What is the same about the town on the map and your town?

t

en

c

s se

e

café

5 SPEAKING a Think of a street in the town where you are now. Write notes. Use words from this lesson. There’s a … There are …

f

b

It’s in …

It’s near …

Describe your street, but don’t say its name. Do other students know the name of the street?

41


5B

Learn to talk about hotels and hostels

IS THERE A HOSTEL IN YOUR TOWN?

G there is / there are: negative and questions V Hotels

1 VOCABULARY Hotels

2 READING

a

a

m

Ca

05.08 Match the words in the box with pictures 1–5. Listen and check.

bathtub

room bed

TV

• beautiful • exciting

shower

br

1

Look at pictures 1–3 of Turkey. Choose adjectives to talk about them. Compare your ideas with your partner. • boring • big

like the hostel?

id

c Read the review again. Check (✓) what’s in the hostel.

ge

third floor

small rooms

big rooms

café

second floor

restaurant

TV room

small rooms

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 4

• nice • old

b Read Sandra’s review of a hostel in Turkey. Does Sandra

2

first floor

3

• great • interesting

5

d

café

kitchen

TV room

Would you like to stay at the hostel? Why / Why not?

HO S T E L RE V I E WS

b Sound and spelling /ʃ/ 1

05.09 Listen and practice this sound.

/ʃ/ shower 2

1

05.10 Listen to the words in the box. Underline the

/ʃ/ sound in each word. station

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 5B on p. 138.

05.12 Pronunciation Listen to the words. Notice the stressed syllables. Practice saying them.

hostel  hotel

e

Which things in pictures 1–5 in 1a aren’t in a hostel room?

t

42

This is a great hostel in Göreme, in Turkey. It’s in Cappadocia, a very old part of the country. You can do a lot of things here. My favorite thing is going in a hot air balloon. You can see really beautiful places from the air. The hostel has different rooms with different prices. On the second floor, there are small rooms for two people with bathtubs. On the third floor, there are big rooms with six beds in them. They’re very cheap, but there isn’t a shower or a bathtub in the big rooms. There aren’t any blankets or pillows – you pay for those. There isn’t a restaurant or café in the hostel, but there’s a kitchen on the first floor. There aren’t any TVs in the rooms, but there’s free Wi-Fi. It’s a very simple place to stay, and it’s clean. And the people are very friendly. Faruk, the manager, sings karaoke really well! Sandra

en

hostel room

The Cave Hostel

sm

s se

d

ocean

Practice saying the words.

3

c

fish sure


UNIT 5 3 GRAMMAR there is / there are: negative

5 GRAMMAR there is / there are: questions

a

a

05.13 Complete the sentences with isn’t or aren’t. Listen and check.

1 There 2 There

Ca

Sandra’s review.

m

c Think about the town or city you’re in now. Check (✓)

the sentences that are true. Correct the false sentences. There’s a big museum in this town / city. There are a lot of stores here. There aren’t any hostels. There are two bus stations. There aren’t any parks.

ge

id

d

4 LISTENING

b

05.14

about your partner’s town, city, or street. Here are some ideas: • cafés • supermarket

d

• swimming pool • hospital

• movie theater • restaurants

Ask your partner about their town, city, or street. Are there any cafés in your town?

Yes, there are two cafés.

Is there a supermarket on your street?

No, but there are two stores.

6 SPEAKING

Listen again. Check (✓) the things in the

hostel. available rooms parking

c

c Write questions using Is there … ? and Are there … ?

Yes, there is a museum in this town – on Cromwell Road.

Listen to a hostel receptionist and George, a guest. Is George happy with the hostel? 05.14

Now go to Grammar Focus 5B on p. 122.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Read your sentences and listen to your partner’s sentences. Are they the same? There aren’t any museums in this town.

a

b

br

1 2 3 4 5

Complete the questions. Listen and check.

1 Singular: a restaurant here? Yes, there’s a restaurant here. 2 Plural: any cafés near here? Yes, there are cafés near here.

any blankets. a restaurant.

b Find more examples of there isn’t and there aren’t in

05.15

café kitchen

Communication 5B Student A go to p. 109. Student B go to p. 107.

3

Wi-Fi showers

Why do people like hostels? Why do people like hotels?

2

t

en

sm

s se 43


5C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to ask about and say where places are W LearnParagraph writing

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Emphasizing what you say 1

Is there a café near here?

W An email about a place

1 LISTENING a

Ca

Ask and answer the questions.

br

m

1 What stores or supermarkets are there near your home? 2 Do you go to these stores or supermarkets? How often? 3 Is the food good / expensive?

b

05.18

Listen to Part 1. Answer the questions.

ge

id

1 Does Anya like the hotel room? 2 What do Anya and Lily want to drink? 3 Do they know the area near their hotel?

a

05.19

ANYA

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

2 PRONUNCIATION Emphasizing what you say 1 Listen to the sentence.

c

It’s really small, but it’s OK.

1 My country is very hot in the summer. 2 James’s new car is really fast. 3 This movie is so boring.

Listen to the sentence again. Is really more or less stressed the second time? 05.20

b Check (✓) the correct rule.

05.21 Listen to the sentences. Underline one word with strong stress in each sentence.

d

05.21

Listen again and repeat.

We say really with a strong stress to: 1 2

speak loudly make the meaning stronger

3 LISTENING a

05.22

Listen to Part 2. Answer the questions.

1 Do Lily and Anya find a café near their hotel? 2 Who do they see on the street?

b

05.22 Listen to Part 2 again. Are the sentences true or false?

Lily thinks a store is a café. Sebastien sees Lily and Anya first. Sebastien works in Paris. There’s a café near their hotel. There’s a café near Sebastien’s apartment.

t

en

sm

s se

1 2 3 4 5

44


UNIT 5 4 USEFUL LANGUAGE Asking and

saying where places are

a

Complete the questions with words in the box. Listen and check. 05.23

Ca

near

where there

b

br

m

’s our hotel? 1 2 Is a supermarket near here? 3 Are there any stores here?

Match the two possible answers in a–c with questions 1–3 in 4a. Listen and check. 05.24

id

ge

a Yes, there are. There’s one on this street. / No, sorry, there aren’t. b Yes, there’s one near the bank. / No, sorry, there isn’t. c It’s on the next street. / It’s on this street.

U

05.25 Put the conversation in the correct order. Listen and check.

A A A A B B B B

d

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

Great, thank you. And is there a good restaurant in this part of town? 1 Excuse me, can you help me? OK, thanks for your help. Are there any good cafés near here? Yes, there’s one on the next street – Park Café.   No, I’m sorry, there are no restaurants near here. But there’s one near the bus station. Yes, of course. No problem.

6 WRITING

a Read part of an email from Lily to her parents. She writes about her trip to Paris. Does she only write about the good things?

Practice the conversation in 4c with a partner.

5 SPEAKING

Paris is great! Our hotel is in a nice part of the city, but it’s really small. There’s a beautiful park near the hotel, and there are stores on the next street. And guess what! I’m at a café with Sebastien! He is really good! His apartment is nice, but it’s not near our hotel.

Communication 5C Student A look at the information below. Student B go to p. 106.

Student B about: • a hotel

• cafés

the information to answer Student B’s questions.

c Write about your part of town. Use there’s / there isn’t / there are / there aren’t. Use and and but.

en

• a bank: on the next street • stores: not near here – near the hospital

Go to Writing Plus 5C on p. 160 for and and but.

sm

b Conversation 2. Now you’re on a street you know. Use

b

s se

a Conversation 1. You’re on a street you don’t know. Ask

d Read about your partner’s part of town. Is it the same?

t UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

45


UNIT 5

b Write the words.

Review

1 deb

5 orom

2 werhos

6 wotel

3 ipowll

7 i W-i F

4 thtaubb

8 kanblet

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Correct the sentences.

ge

id

br

m

> There an Italian restaurant. There’s an Italian restaurant. 1 There is a hotel on this street? 2 Yes, there’s. 3 There are a shower. 4 There aren’t a available rooms. 5 Is there swimming pool at the hotel? 6 No, there not is.

b Complete the sentences.

a bank near here? bottles of water in the room? there a supermarket on this street? TV in the room? there any cafés near here? teacher in the room?

Is there Is there

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

Is Are there

U

1 2 3 4 5 6

Ask and answer the questions in 1b.

2 VOCABULARY

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

a

05.26 Complete the chart with the words in the box. Practice saying the words.

up you umbrella lunch summer beautiful new brother school mother food pool

a What are these places? Use the words to complete the crossword.

/u/

you

1

2

4

up

3

b

5

05.27

Look at the information in the chart.

/ɑ/

6

lot hospital hot

7

pillow know hotel

shower flower towel

05.28 Are the sounds in bold the same (S) or different (D)? Practice saying the words. > town – a lot D

1 hot – hotel 2 shower – how 3 OK – know

4 go – pillow 5 hot – towel 6 flower – hospital

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS 6

7

8

How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … describe a town talk about hotels and hostels

46

ask about and say where places are

t

5

en

4

3

/oʊ/

sm

2

/ɑʊ/

s se

c

8

1

/ʌ/


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about people’s jobs ■ Talk about daily routines and habits ■ Make and accept offers

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

6

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 What do the people do? 2 Where do the people work? 3 Would you like to do this job?

b

t

en

WORK AND ROUTINES

sm

s se

UNIT

Think of two questions to ask the people in the picture.

47 47


6A

Learn to talk about people’s jobs

I DON’T WORK AT NIGHT

G Simple present: he / she / it negative V Jobs

JOBS INTERNATIONAL

HOME NEWS

br

m

Ca

a

ABOUT

HELP AROUND THE WORLD …

ge

id

Welcome to Jobs International. Our people go around the world and help others. Meet two of them.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

I’m a doctor from Brazil, and I work in a small hospital in Ghana. I love the work here because it’s very interesting. I do different things every day. And the people are so friendly. Life isn’t always easy here, but it’s great to help people.

b

LUIZA

I’m a teacher at a school in Samoa, but I’m from Australia. I teach English here and after school, I play sports with the children. They love rugby and volleyball. The children are really happy – a lot of fun. This is a really good job.

FRED

1 READING

Look at pictures a and b. What places are in the pictures? What jobs do people do there?

d Write questions for Luiza and Fred. What … do? ➔ What do you do?

website. Are your ideas in 1a correct?

48

You are Luiza or Fred. Ask and answer the questions in 1d. What do you do?

t

1 Jobs International people don’t work in their home countries. 2 Luiza works in a big hospital. 3 Her work is sometimes boring. 4 She likes the people in Ghana. 5 Fred goes home after classes. 6 His students like playing sports.

e

en

false?

sm

1 Where … work? 2 … like the people? 3 … like the job?

b Read about Luiza and Fred on the Jobs International c Read the website again. Are the sentences true or

s se

a

I’m a teacher.

Language Plus work / job I work in a hospital.

work = verb

I like my work.

work = noun

It’s a good job.

job = noun (doctor, teacher)


UNIT 6 2 LISTENING AND VOCABULARY Jobs a Match the words in the box with pictures a–h. soccer player  student  receptionist  server  taxi driver  factory worker  office worker  sales assistant a

c

d

f

g

h

e

ge

id

br

m

Ca

b

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

b

d

06.01 Pronunciation Listen to the two-word jobs in 2a. Which word is stressed?

1 the first word 2 the second word

all day, but I some interesting people and go to 1 ANNA I a lot of different places. I don’t work at night. 2 FELIPE I on a team, and the weekend is the most important time of the week in my job. I don’t games during the week – well, sometimes on Wednesdays. 3 MARIA I business at college. It’s really interesting. 4 JESSICA I work in a store and a lot of different people.

06.02 Listen to four people talk about their jobs. What do they do?

1 2

Listen again. Complete the sentences with the words in

study  play (x2)  sit  meet (x2)

Practice saying the words.

c

06.02

the box.

3 4

e

Which job do you like in 2c? Which job don’t you like? Say why.

f

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 6A on p. 145.

3 GRAMMAR Simple present: he / she / it negative 06.04 Complete the sentences with does or doesn’t. Listen and check.

06.06 Listen to the words. Do the letters in bold have the same sound? she   children   receptionist   teach

2

06.07 Listen to the words in the box. Which words have sound 1 /ʃ/ and which have sound 2 /tʃ/?

Now go to Grammar Focus 6A on p. 124.

verbs in parentheses.

1 Alex is a taxi driver. He (not work) 2 Sam is a bank teller. He 3 Lucy is a sales assistant. She the day. (not sit) 4 Matteo is a server. He

cheap watch

finish

station

kitchen

t

short

c Complete the sentences with the correct form of the

en

b

1

sm

ANNA I don’t work at night. 1 She work at night. FELIPE I don’t play games during the week. 2 He play games during the week.

d Sound and spelling /ʃ/ and /tʃ/

s se

a

3 Which two letters often make sound 2? in the morning. his job. (not like) much during on Monday. (not work)

4

Practice saying the words in 2.

4 SPEAKING Communication 6A Student A go to p. 109. Student B go to p. 107.

49


6B

Learn to talk about daily routine and habits

I WAKE UP AT 4:00

G Simple present: he / she / it questions V Daily routine

Ca

A Good Night’s Sleep

b

ge

id

br

m

People say it’s good to sleep for eight hours every night … but is it true? Some people sleep for only five or six hours, and they feel fine in the morning. And some people sleep twice every night …

a

Beatriz Romero, 32, U.S.

I always wake up at about 4:00 in the morning. I don’t want to sleep, so I get up, and I do yoga. Then I go to bed again. Then I get up at 8:00 in the morning, and I go to work. I feel fine – I never feel tired.

I finish work at 6:00 in the evening, and I arrive home at 6:30. I read the news or text a friend. Then I go to bed for three hours. My husband works at a restaurant, and he gets home at about 12:00 at night. So I get up, we have dinner, and then we watch TV until about 3:00. Then I sleep until 7:00.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Anneli Hanka, 24, Finland

1 READING AND VOCABULARY Daily routine a

Talk about when you do these things. Use the phrases in the box.

in the morning ​in the afternoon ​in the evening ​at night 1 have dinner 2 go to English class 3 work

e

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 6B on p. 146.

f

Ask and answer the questions with a partner.

1 Do you sleep … ? • for eight hours • for five or six hours​ • twice every night 2 When do you usually … ? • wake up  ​ • get up ​• go to bed 3 When do you usually … ? • go to work or school • finish work or school ​ • get home in the evening

4 have coffee 5 read the news 6 sleep

b Read the text above. Match what Beatriz and Anneli say with pictures a and b.

c Match the underlined words from the text with pictures 1–3.

8 hours

2

3

11:00 p.m.

d Complete the verb phrases with the words in the box. Then read the text again to check your answers.

2

06.10 These words start with two consonant sounds together. Listen and practice saying them. sleep ​ breakfast ​ twelve

06.11 Listen to the words in the box. Underline the two

consonant sounds that are together. have ​watch ​go ​arrive /​ get ​​finish 1 2 3

50

to work home dinner

4 5

play ​ small ​ bread ​ fruit driver ​ study ​ speak TV work

3

Practice saying the words.

t

1

en

g Sound and spelling Consonant clusters

7:00 a.m.

sm

I sleep for eight hours. I sleep from 11:00 to 7:00. ​I sleep until 7:00.

s se

1

Language Plus for, from … to … , until


UNIT 6 I take photos at night.

2 LISTENING a

06.12 Listen to an interview with Paul. What are his answers to the questions?

Do you go to bed early? When do you wake up? What do you do then? What about your wife? Does she wake up then?

Ca

1 2 3 4

b

Talk about the questions with a partner.

m

1 What do you think about Paul’s daily routine? 2 What do you think about his photos? Think of adjectives to talk about them.

Paul

br

id

3 GRAMMAR Simple present:

ge

he / she / it questions

a Complete the questions in the chart with do or does.

U

he/she/it

Do When

b c

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

you

you go to bed early? you wake up?

When

she wake up? he get up?

Now go to Grammar Focus 6B on p. 124.

Ask about your partner’s routine.

• the morning • meals • work / school / college

Pronunciation Listen to the questions with when in 3a and notice the stressed words. Check (✓) the words we stress. 06.15

1 2 3

question word (when) do up

d Write questions about Beatriz and Anneli on page 50.

1 What time / Beatriz / finish work? 2 Where / her husband / work? 3 What time / he / get home? 4 When / Anneli / wake up? 5 What / she / do then? 6 How / she / feel in the morning?

Ask and answer the questions in 3d with a partner.

When do you get up?

g

• the evening • sleep

I get up at 7:30.

Work with a new partner. Ask questions about their first partner’s routine. When does Emma get up?

Emma gets up at 7:30.

4 SPEAKING

Communication 6B Student A go to p. 109. Student B go to p. 107.

t

en

sm

s se

e

f

51


6         C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to make and accept offers W LearnParagraph writing

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Emphasizing what you say 2

I’ll come with you

W An email about your day

1 LISTENING

Ca

a You want to have a birthday party

m

for your friend. Check (✓) four things you need. a cake pizza cups

4 5 6

ice cream soda plates

id

br

1 2 3

Tell a partner your ideas in 1a. Do you need the same things?

c

06.16 Listen to Part 1. Answer the questions.

ge

b

U

d

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

1 Who does Zoey see on the street? 2 When does Ariana want to go shopping?

Listen to Part 1 again. Underline the correct word. 06.16

1 2 3 4

The flowers are for Zoey / Ariana. Zoey / Evan wants coffee. Ariana / Zoey loves to cook. Ariana wants / doesn’t want a birthday party.

2 USEFUL LANGUAGE Making and accepting offers 1 a

06.17 Complete the conversation with the words in the box. Listen and check.

b

Would you No, that’s OK, Yes, !

A B A B

some coffee? .

Practice the conversation in 2c with a partner. Ask about different food and drinks. Would you like a glass of orange juice? Yes, please. Would you like a sandwich? No, thanks.

52

t

en

06.17 Pronunciation Listen to the miniconversation in 2a again. What sounds do would and you make together? Listen again and repeat.

d

like / would you / some coffee ? Yes, please. piece of cake / you like a / and would ? No, that’s OK, thanks.

sm

ARIANA EVAN ZOEY

06.18 Put A’s questions in the correct order in the conversation. Listen and check.

s se

thanks ​please ​like

c


UNIT 6 3 LISTENING AND USEFUL LANGUAGE

Making and accepting offers 2

a

06.19

5 SPEAKING a

Listen to Part 2. Answer the questions.

A

1 What does Evan want to do? 2 Do Ariana and Zoey accept his help?

Complete the sentences with words in the box. Listen and check. 06.20

m

go with you. you buy things. come with you.

id

ge

06.21 Do these replies answer yes or no? Listen and check.

6 WRITING a Read part of an email from Ariana to her sister. She

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

writes about a day in her life in Los Angeles. Where do Ariana and Zoey have coffee? Why?

06.22 Complete the conversation with the words in the box. Listen and check.

I walk to work every day because my apartment is near the office. I start work at 8:30, and I finish at 5:30. I work with Zoey. We go out to a café for coffee every day because the coffee machine in the office isn’t very good. We also have lunch there. They have great pizza and chocolate cake – my favorite! Zoey always says, “I’ll pay.” She’s really nice.

great ​can ​help ​right ​supermarket A B A B A

e f

Say no and offer to pay.

Say yes.

That’s great, thanks.  ​Don’t worry, that’s OK. Thanks, but I’m fine. ​Thank you, that’s very nice of you.

d

Say no.

Offer to pay. (I’ll pay)

br

c

Say yes.

Offer something to eat.

can ​help ​I’ll

1 I 2 I’ll 3

B

Offer something to drink.

Ca

b

You’re at a café with your partner. Use the ideas below to make a conversation.

. I need to go to the 1 I2 come with you. That’s 3 ! And I need to make dinner. I’ll 4 you. All 5 , thank you so much.

Practice the conversation in 3d with a partner. Use different words and expressions to make a new conversation. I need to go shopping.

b

Now go to Writing Plus 6C on p. 160 for because and also.

c Write about a day in your life. Use because and also. d Read about your partner’s day. Do you do the same?

I’ll go with you.

Emphasizing what you say 2

06.23 Listen to the sentences and notice the strong stress. Then listen again and repeat.

1 I can go with you.

2 I’ll come with you.

Listen to the mini-conversations. Underline the strong stress. 06.24

Practice the mini-conversations in 4b with a partner.

t

Conversation 1 A I can’t do this exercise. B José can help you. Conversation 2 C I need to get to the bus station this afternoon. D I’ll drive you.

c

en

b

sm

a

s se

4 PRONUNCIATION

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

53


UNIT 6

b Complete the chart with the words and phrases in the box.

Review

arrive ​get ​start ​to bed ​lunch ​shower ​to school take

1 GRAMMAR

go

to school

wake

m

Ca

a Check (✓) the sentences that are correct. Correct the

3

> My sister doesn’t lives at home.

work

finish

br

My sister doesn’t live at home. > ✓ I don’t study Chinese.

breakfast / 4 a coffee

have

She don’t like cake. Marcus doesn’t meets many people. This town doesn’t have a university. I work not on Fridays. We don’t talk much at work. Isabella speaks not Italian.

id

5

/

get

ge

6

c

U

1 2 3 4 5 6

up

2

mistakes.

/ dinner

home a shower

What do you do every day? Tell a partner.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

b Complete the sentences with do, don’t, does, or

/ to work

1

doesn’t.

1

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

your sister work in a bank? .

No, she 2 3

a

you meet people at work? .

Yes, I 4 5

06.25 Listen to the sounds in bold and put the words in the correct box.

chair   information   special   chicken   check   machine

you and your friends play basketball? .

No, we 6

/ʃ/

/tʃ/

c Write simple present questions with the words and phrases.

> what time / you / get up

b

What time do you get up? 1 2 3 4 5 6

what / you / eat in the morning where / your brother / work you / speak / English your teacher / speak / Spanish what time / the class / start when / it / end

d

sound 1 /ʃ/   sound 2 /tʃ/ ship   –   chip

choose cash wash cheap cheese watch sheep catch she’s shoes

Ask and answer the questions in 1c.

c

bread ​ class ​ drink ​player ​sport ​start ​twenty

r

3 d

r

4 clock – 5 breakfast – 6 spoon –

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

4 r

t

5 t

r

6 c

f

I CAN … talk about people’s jobs talk about daily routines and habits

54

make and accept offers

t

id

drink

en

2 t

> driver – 1 twelve – 2 study – 3 plate –

sm

a Complete the job words.

r

06.27 Match the words that start with the same consonant group. Practice saying the words.

s se

2 VOCABULARY

1 s

06.26 Look at the pair of words. Put the words in the box into similar pairs.


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about things you want to buy ■ Talk about the clothes that people wear ■ Ask about and pay for things in a store

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

7

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 Are the people in the boat … ? on vacation friends shopping for food family shopping for clothes 2 What question does the woman in the boat ask? 3 What clothes can you see in the picture?

b

t

en

GETTING STARTED a

sm

s se

SHOPPING AND FASHION

UNIT Talk about the questions.

1 What do you like to buy when you go shopping? 2 What clothes do you have? 3 What color clothes do you like?

55 55


7A

Learn to talk about things you want to buy

I LIKE THIS LAMP

G this, that, these, those V Common objects 2; Prices

1 READING AND VOCABULARY Common objects 2

Ca

a Read about three places to shop. Which place is in the pictures?

f Sound and spelling /b/, /p/, /g/, and /k/

m

1 Complete the words in the chart. They are all common objects.

b Which place is good for these people? “I want a new bed for my apartment.” “I love old books and magazines.” “I always finish work at 7:00 p.m.” “I think old lamps are beautiful.”

id

br

1 2 3 4

ge

e

guitar

picture chair

Sound 3 /g/

ag all

lant late icture

lass uitar

Sound 4 /k/ up suit

ase lo

g

Work in pairs.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

d

clock

U

Sunday Flea Market again. Match the objects a–f with the words in the box. lamp

Sound 2 /p/

07.02 Listen and check. 2 3 Which sound is spelled in different ways in the chart? 4 Practice saying the words.

c Look at the pictures and read about The

suitcase

Sound 1 /b/

Talk with other students about which object you would like to buy in the pictures. Say why. Which object do most people want? Now go to Vocabulary Focus 7A on p. 147.

Student A: You have a stall at the flea market. Write five things you sell. Don’t show Student B. Student B: What does Student A sell? No, sorry.

Do you sell guitars?

Yes, I do. Here you go.

Do you have glasses?

a

SHOPPING PLACES TO GO MEGA HOME STORE

Open 8 a.m.–8 p.m.

b

THE SUNDAY FLEA MARKET Open 6 a.m.–4 p.m.

d

Open 9 a.m.–6 p.m. A very interesting bookstore. They sell old and new books, and they also have magazines, pictures, old photographs, and music. If you like old books and pictures, this is the place for you.

56

t

BOOKS & CO.

e

en

Here you can buy something for your home, or you can just look around. They sell a lot of old things. You can buy clocks, guitars, suitcases, lamps, pictures, chairs … anything! Just look at these pictures from our readers!

sm

s se

A great place to buy things for your home. They sell beds, pillows, tables, chairs, and lamps. Everything is new, but it isn’t expensive. There’s also a good café with drinks, pizza, and sandwiches.

c

f


UNIT 7 2 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR

3 VOCABULARY Prices

this, that, these, those

a

a

07.03 Kate and Edward are at Mega Home Store. Listen to their conversation and answer the questions.

Who likes the plant and the chairs? Who likes the phone, Kate or Edward? How much is the speaker? Does Kate think it’s a good price?

Listen to Kate and Edward. Complete the sentences with this, that, these, or those.

m

b

07.04

br

“I like “Or “Oh, look. “Look at

plant. What do you think?” chairs. They’re really nice.” plates are beautiful.” speaker. That’s so cool.”

b

id

1 2 3 4

ge

c

Which words mean … ? 1 here, near me

2 there, not near me

d Sound and spelling this, that, these, and those

07.05 Listen to this, that, these, and those. Which words … ? • end in a /s/ sound • end in a /z/ sound 2 Practice saying the words.

1

e

Now go to Grammar Focus 7A on p. 126.

f

You and your partner are in the store below. Talk about the objects in the box with this, that, these, or those. glasses

plates

Listen. Then complete the conversation. is that clock?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Plural

07.09

3 $4.50 4 $100

A Excuse me. 1 B 2 $13.50. A Hmm. And 3 B 4 $5 each.

U

this

Practice saying the prices below. Listen and check. 07.08

1 $5.99 2 $16.50

c Complete the chart with the words in 2b. Singular

Listen to the prices. Check (✓) the phrase

1 $3.80 three dollar eighty a three dollars eighty cents b three dollars and eighty cents c 2 $25 twenty-five dollar a twenty-five dollars b twenty-five of dollars c

Ca

1 2 3 4

07.07

you hear.

speaker

chairs

phone

d

Practice the conversation in 3c with a partner. Change the words in bold and the prices.

e

How much are these things in your country?

• a cup of coffee in a café • a phone

• a pizza • a bottle of water

4 SPEAKING

Communication 7A Student A go to p. 113. Student B go to p. 111.

lamp

I like this lamp – it’s a great color!

t

en

sm

s se

Look at those glasses. Those are really nice.

plant

are these cups?

57


7B

Learn to talk about clothes that people wear

IT’S OSCAR’S T-SHIRT

G Possessive ’s; Review of adverbs V Clothes; Colors

They make

br

m

Ca

colorful clothes, but do they

a

?

ge

id

wear them

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

F

e

ashion designers often make very different and interesting clothes for people, but they don’t usually wear colorful clothes. They often wear the same clothes and the same colors.

TOM FORD makes beautiful clothes for men and for women, but he often wears a white shirt and a black or dark gray jacket.

1 VOCABULARY Clothes

2 READING

a

Look at the pictures of the models and the fashion designers. Which clothes do you like?

a Read about the fashion designers.

b

07.10 Match the words in the box with a–h in the pictures. Listen and check.

b Read the text again. Are the

jacket

c

coat

shirt

skirt

pants

T-shirt

dress

What is the same about them?

sentences true or false? Correct the false sentences.

blouse

1 Fashion designers sometimes wear boring clothes. 2 Tom Ford never wears a black jacket. 3 Carolina Herrera often wears a white skirt. 4 Michael Kors usually wears a jacket.

Which clothes do you often wear together?

1

07.11 Listen and practice these sounds.

1 /ʃ/ shirt 2

large

Sound 1 /ʃ/

Sound 2 /dʒ/

shirt

jacket

language gym

sugar

Practice saying the words.

3 VOCABULARY Colors

a Look at the picture of Tom Ford.

Complete the sentence about him with colors in the box. black

e

58

Communication 7B Student A go to p. 110. Student B go to p. 114.

gray

white

Tom Ford often wears a a or dark

shirt and jacket.

t

international fashion

Is it a good idea for fashion designers to wear their clothes? Why / Why not?

en

07.12 Look at the words in the box. What sounds do the letters in bold have? Listen and add the words to the sound groups below.

German

3

c

2 /dʒ/ jacket

sm

s se

d Sound and spelling /ʃ/ and /dʒ/


UNIT 7 d

b

5 GRAMMAR Possessive’s; Review

of adverbs

a

c

1 GONZALO ISABELLA 2 GONZALO ISABELLA

b

c Look at the picture of Oscar, Sara, Gonzalo, and Isabella. Ask and answer questions about the López family. Who’s Gonzalo?

ge

f

g

d

He’s Isabella’s husband.

07.18 Isabella talks about the people in her office. Put the word in parentheses in the correct place in the sentences. Listen and check.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U h

Is this my old T-shirt? No, it’s ’s T-shirt. (= It’s his T-shirt.) Are these your jeans? No, they’re ’s jeans. (= They’re her jeans.)

Now go to Grammar Focus 7B on p. 126.

id

br

m

Ca

CAROLINA HERRERA makes clothes with a lot of different colors, but she usually wears a black skirt and a white blouse.

07.16 Complete the sentences with a name from 4b. Listen and check.

Everyone wears different clothes at work. 1My boss wears a blouse and pants (always). 2She wears a skirt (never) – she doesn’t like them. 3John wears jeans and a white shirt (usually), 4but he wears black pants (sometimes). 5And Lindsay wears a dress (often), 6but on Fridays she wears jeans (usually).

MICHAEL KORS designs colorful clothes, but he often wears a black T-shirt, black jeans, and a black jacket.

e Think of people you work or study with. What do they usually wear? Tell a partner.

Language Plus dark/light dark blue     dark green

light blue

6 SPEAKING

light green

b Now go to Vocabulary Focus 7B on p. 148. c Work with a partner.

a Put the words and phrases in the correct order to make questions. Write another question with your own idea. 1 2 3 4

b

Then switch roles.

07.15 Listen to Isabella and Gonzalo López. Check (✓) the clothes you hear.

07.15

Who?

skirt pants

shoes shirt

I usually wear a blue or black dress and dark shoes. I like dark colors.

t

T-shirt jeans

b

What do you wear to work?

en

a

Ask and answer the questions in 6a. Add extra information to your answers.

sm

4 LISTENING

s se

Student A: Choose a picture in 1a. Don’t tell your partner! Talk about the colors and the clothes. Student B: Guess the picture your partner talks about.

wear / at work (or school) / do you / what ? wear / do you / what color clothes ? your brother’s (or sister’s, father’s, mother’s) clothes / do you / wear ? at home / do you / wear shoes ?

Listen again and complete the information.

What clothes?

Why?

Oscar

doesn’t wear / doesn’t like

Sara

doesn’t wear / doesn’t like

Gonzalo

doesn’t wear / doesn’t like

The López family

59


7C

Learn to ask about and pay for things in a store

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Connecting sounds

Can I help you?

W An email request for information

1 LISTENING

3 PRONUNCIATION Connecting sounds

Ca

a Number the things you can buy from 1 to 4.

m

1 = I like going shopping for this/these very much. 4 = I really don’t like going shopping for this/these. food

things for the home

07.22 Listen and notice the extra sounds in these sentences.

‿

1 We /j/ only have three. 2 I’d like two /w/of these glasses.

electronics

br

b

clothes

a

07.19

Listen to Part 1. Answer the questions.

ge

c

id

Talk with a partner about your ideas in 1a. Do you like shopping for the same things?

Practice saying the sentences.

b Complete the rules with the sounds in the box.

1 Who do Alexis and Mia go shopping for? 2 What does Mia buy?

/w/

U

We add a sound between words ending with /i/ and words starting with a vowel. We add a sound between words ending with /u/ and words starting with a vowel.

Listen to Part 1 again. Complete the information about the things in the store. 07.19

Umbrellas price: $ colors:

Bags

price: $ colors:

c

Going shopping 1

07.20 Who says each expression – the customer (C) or the sales assistant (S)? Listen and check.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

b

Practice the sentences in 3c with a partner.

Put the conversation in the correct order. Listen and check.

d

Practice the conversation in 2b again, but ask about glasses. Change the prices.

t

Practice the conversation in 2b with a partner.

en

c

sm

It’s fifteen dollars. Of course. It’s ten dollars for the small one. Can I help you? And how much is the small bowl? OK, then I’d like the large bowl, please. Yes, thank you. How much is this large bowl?

s se

60

d

Would you like two‿ or three? These are for me‿ and you. Would you like three‿ or four? Are they for you‿ or me?

How much are these umbrellas? I’d like four of these plates, please. They’re fifteen dollars each. Sure. Can I look around? Can I help you? Of course. 07.21

1

07.23 Listen to these sentences. Which extra /j/ or /w/ sound can you hear? Listen again and repeat.

1 2 3 4

2 USEFUL LANGUAGE a

/j/

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

d

‿


UNIT 7 6 WRITING a Alexis saw an online advertisement.

FOR SALE

Ca

Designer women’s coats, blouses, jeans, bags – all in good condition. Not expensive!

br

m

Email me for more information

Read her email. What information does she want to know?

id ge

Dear Carolina, You have an online ad for things you want to sell. I’d like a bag, a coat, and a blouse. Can I see photos of these things? How much are they? Can I pay by credit card? Thank you! Alexis

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

4 LISTENING AND USEFUL LANGUAGE

Going shopping 2

a

07.24 Listen to Part 2. Are the sentences true or false?

1 Mia pays ten dollars. 2 She uses a card to pay. 3 Alexis doesn’t buy anything.

b

your S C S C S

c

that’s

OK, Here Enter OK,

here’s

exclamation points, and question marks.

c You see these online advertisements.

you

FOR SALE

Sports T-shirts and balls – lots of different sports – signed by professional players: soccer, basketball, baseball, and more. Great prices!

no

eight dollars, please. go. PIN, please. problem. your receipt.

Email me for more information ilovesports@travelmail.com

FOR SALE

Beautiful things for your home – chairs, lamps, small tables. All in good condition.

Complete a conversation between a sales assistant and customer. Use phrases in 4b. Listen and check. 07.26

Email me for more information melissa@travelmail.com

How much … ? (shoes) Thirty dollars. Here … Enter … OK … And … receipt.

d

How much … ? Can I pay … ?

Read a partner’s email. What objects does your partner ask about? Do you ask about the same things?

t

Communication 7C Student A go to p. 111. Student B go to p. 112.

You have a / an / some … I need … How old … ?

en

5 SPEAKING

Write an email to ask about one of the advertisements. Here are some ideas:

sm

Practice the conversation in 4c with a partner. Change the things you buy and the price.

s se

C S C S C S

d

b Now go to Writing Plus 7C on p. 161 for Commas,

Complete the sentences with words in the box. Listen and check. 07.25

stylecarolina@travelmail.com

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

61


UNIT 7

b Complete the descriptions using the colors and clothes.

Review

1 GRAMMAR

white

light blue

light brown

shirt

coat

jeans

1

skirt

2

red

green

dark blue

shoes

3

4

5

6

Ca

a Complete the sentences with the phrases in the box.

m these

this

those

that’s

br ge

id

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

is my dad’s car.

2 I love

flowers.

U an expensive car.

4

jacket hat T-shirt

How many hats/coats/jackets/shoes do you have? What color are they? Tell a partner.

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

flowers in the windows are nice!

a

b Underline the correct answers to complete the conversation.

Hi, Lee. Do you know Kate? This / That / These are Kate’s / Kates / Kates’ daughters, Amy and Anna. LEE Hello! Nice to meet you, girls. Who’s who? ZOE This 3is / are Amy. ANNA And I’m Anna. LEE I like your bag, Anna. ANNA Oh, thanks. It’s 4Amys / Amys’ / Amy’s. Amy and I have a swimming lesson today. ZOE Yes, the 5girl’s / girls / girls’ lesson starts at nine. ANNA And then we go to our favorite restaurant! 2

Practice the conversation in 1b in groups of three.

2 VOCABULARY

07.27 Answer the questions. Practice saying the words.

1 Which words have the /k/ sound? Underline them.

1

ZOE

c

dress pants and black a gray and a a light green and a a blouse and a red dark blue and a

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

3

c

a

suitcase   clock   place   chair   cup   jacket   coat   dark

2 Which words have the /p/ sound? Underline them. pink

lamp photograph

magazine

b

bag

light

gray

green

international jeans jacket Germany

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS r

4 ag

s

How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … 5 al

62

talk about things I want to buy p

6 ap

t

talk about the clothes that people wear ask about and pay for things in a store

t

en

r

3 ac

/dʒ/

sm

2 ag

large

s se

sugar T-shirt

shoes e

thing

07.28 Complete the chart with the words in the box. Practice saying the words.

/∫/

1 ap

plate plant

3 Which words have the /g/ sound? Underline them.

shoes fashion

a Complete the names of these common objects.

picture


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about past events ■ Describe events in the past ■ Make and respond to suggestions

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

8

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture of a New Year’s Eve celebration and talk about the questions. 1 Do you want to go there? Why / Why not? 2 What do you think is happening at this New Year’s Eve celebration? Here are some ideas: music

fireworks

dancing

eating food

shopping

meeting friends

b

t

en

PAST EVENTS

sm

s se

UNIT

Talk about the questions. 1 2 3 4

Where were you last New Year’s Eve? Who were you with? What things did you do? Did you have fun?

63 63


8A

I WAS ON TOUR WITH MY BAND

Learn to talk about past events G Simple past: be V Past time expressions

1 READING Look at the events in pictures a–d. Choose one you like and one you don’t like. Tell a partner. Say why.

m

Ca

a

a

b

c

a sports game

ge

id

br a party

My name’s Cara. I’m a photographer. I was in New York three days ago for work, and then I was in Chicago yesterday at a meeting about newspaper photography. Life’s busy right now!

d

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U a concert

“Yesterday I was in Chicago.”

a meeting

b Read about Cara, Antonio, and Ava. Which events in 1a do they talk about?

c Read the texts again. Which cities does each person talk about?

d

Talk about Cara, Antonio, and Ava’s lives with a partner. Who would you like to meet? Why?

“I was at a game in Los Angeles. It was the Finals!”

Ava on the road …

My name’s Antonio Marotto. I’m the doctor for our team. It’s a great job – I really like helping our players. I often go away with the team. We were in Miami two weeks ago for a game, and we were in Cleveland last week. It’s fun to travel with the team.

64

t

The people on our team …

en

“In this photo, we were in San Francisco.”

sm

s se

Hi everyone, it’s Ava. Last week I was on tour with my band in the U.S. – three cities in five days. We were in Seattle on Wednesday, and then we were in Portland on Thursday. But Saturday was the best night. We were in San Francisco, and about 1,000 people were at our concert.


UNIT 8 2 GRAMMAR Simple past: be affirmative

4 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR

Simple past: be negative and questions

a Complete the chart. Find examples of the simple past of be in the texts about Cara, Antonio, and Ava.

a

+ we 3 you were they were

m

Ca

I1 you were he/she/it 2

b

Pronunciation Listen to sentences 1–4. Are was and were stressed? Practice saying the sentences. 08.01

br

ge

c

Conversation 1 Conversation 2 Conversation 3

b

Now go to Grammar Focus 8A Part 1 on p. 128.

08.06 Match events 1–3 with adjectives a–c. Listen again and check.

1 the meeting 2 the game 3 the concert

3 We were in Miami. 4 I was in New York.

id

1 We were in Seattle. 2 I was in Los Angeles.

Review the texts about Cara, Antonio, and Ava again. Then listen to them talking to friends. Write the correct name for each conversation. 08.06

c

a exciting b interesting c fun

Listen to Conversation 1 again. Complete the conversation with the words in the box. 08.07

e

• last night

Compare your sentences in 2d with a partner. Were you in the same places?

• yesterday afternoon

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

• this morning

U

d Write sentences about where you were:

Juan and I were at the supermarket yesterday.

3 VOCABULARY Past time expressions

was (x2) were (x2)

a Today is Friday of week 3. Put the number of

sentences 1–4 in the correct place on the timeline. week 1

week 2

week 3

you at work yesterday? WILL CARA Yes, I , but I here in the office. WILL Where you? CARA I was at a meeting in Chicago. WILL Oh, it interesting? CARA Yes, it was really interesting.

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

1 2 3 4

We were in Seattle on Wednesday. We were in Miami two weeks ago. … we were in Cleveland last week. I was in Chicago yesterday.

b Look at the underlined words in 3a. Replace them with words in the box. this morning

Saturday

d

Now go to Grammar Focus 8A Part 2 on p. 128.

e

08.11 Complete the conversation with was, were, wasn’t, or weren’t. Listen and check.

A B A B

year

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 8A on p. 149.

d

Work in pairs.

f Practice the conversation in 4e with a partner. Change some of the information.

t

Then switch roles.

en

Student A: Say a past time expression. Student B: Say where a person you know was.

A B Yes, it

at work yesterday. off yesterday. you at home all day? .I in town in the morning, and at a party last night. the party good? a lot of fun.

sm

c

You No, I Nice. No, I then I

s se

months

wasn’t

I was at a baseball game in the morning and then at the movies last night.

last weekend My parents were in London last weekend. two years ago My friend Marco was in Ecuador two years ago.

Was the movie good?

5 SPEAKING a

Communication 8A Student A go to p. 113. Student B go to p. 111. Student C go to p. 115.

65


8B

Learn to describe events in the past

HE SAW A BEAR

1 READING

V Free time activities

d

Look at pictures 1–3 below. Match the pictures to the animal names. Where do they usually live? What do you know about them?

m

Ca

a

G Simple past: affirmative

bear

br

deer

Talk about the questions. 1 Which story do you like? 2 Which animals sometimes come into houses in your country? cat

dog

bird

snake

hippo

id

b Read the stories below. Write the story titles next to the sentences.

ge

1 Hippos were on a rugby field. 2 Three deer were in a woman’s apartment. 3 A bear was in a man’s backyard.

U

c Read the stories again. Complete the information.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co Where?

Andrew from Utah Ben from South Africa A woman from Indiana

When?

Animal activity?

3 What do you do if a wild animal comes to your house?

at home

evening

jump

W I LD S TOR I ES ! 2

1

3

s se

SURPRISE VISITORS

READY TO PLAY

Andrew Singer from Utah was at home in his house on a farm. One evening he was in the kitchen, and he heard something strange in the backyard, so he looked out the window. He saw a bear in the backyard. The bear walked around the backyard and looked in the windows of the house. It tried to open the kitchen door, and the man was really scared. It wasn’t possible for the bear to get in, so it went away. The man thinks the bear was hungry, but it’s not a good idea to give bears food.

A woman from Indiana had an apartment with a yard. In the evening, she went into her living room and watched TV. She heard something in her bedroom, so she went to look. She saw three deer near her bed. They came into the living room and jumped on her sofa, then they went into the bathroom. The woman called 911, and the police came to catch the deer. She had an exciting night with her three new friends!

Ben Kruger from South Africa loves playing rugby. He has a business in Limpopo, a city in the north of South Africa. One night after work, he went to a rugby field nearby. It was dark, and he saw something on the field. It was large, but it wasn’t a person – it was a hippopotamus (hippo)! Then he saw another hippo and then another – there were a lot of them. The hippos ate some grass and then went away. Ben thinks the hippos were from a river near the rugby field.

t

en

66

sm

CURIOUS CREATURE


UNIT 8 2 GRAMMAR Simple past: affirmative a

b

08.18 Listen to the sentences from the conversations. Use the correct verb in the box.

08.12 Read the stories again and find the simple past forms of the verbs in the chart. Listen and check.

A

read (x2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

Verb

Ca look

Past form

Verb

Past form

looked

have

had

talked

went had

watched heard

to a café. a large coffee. the newspaper. this funny story. this story on a podcast. to my friend Katie last night. the video online.

hear

call

eat

jump

see

walk

go

to make more simple past phrases.

come

a book to my parents home dinner a movie for a walk breakfast a song on the radio to my friend

try

c Match verbs 1 to 6 with a word or phrase in the box

ge

id

br

watch

m

I just I And I I I I She

b Answer the questions about the chart in 2a.

1 went 2 had 3 read

d

c Sound and spelling /t/ and /d/ 1 2

d

08.14 Listen to the past forms in the box. Which -ed endings sound … ? • more like /t/ • more like /d/

Then switch roles.

d

e

Now go to Grammar Focus 8B on p. 128.

e

f

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 8B on p. 150.

g Complete the sentences about free time activities.

3 LISTENING AND VOCABULARY h

08.17 Listen to three conversations about the three stories. In each conversation, some information is incorrect. What is the wrong information?

. .

Tell other students your sentences in 3g. What free time activities were/are popular … ?

t

Free time activities

.

en

1 When I was a child, I 2 After work / school, I often 3 On weekends, I like to

sm

. (a person) . (a TV show) . (a place) . (food)

08.19 Complete what Emily says with phrases from 3c. Then listen again and check.

s se

Yesterday I called Last month I saw Last weekend I went to Last night I ate

Tell your partner about your sentences.

1 2 3

c

Yesterday I 1 at about 9:00, and then I went to a café and had coffee with my friend Karen. After that, I went to work and was there all day. I 2 with my brother, and then I 3 and called my parents. I 4 Rosie in Brazil on Skype. After, I 5 online, and then I went to bed and 6 before going to sleep.

f Complete the sentences so they are true for you.

a

b

Student A: Say a verb. Student B: Say the past form.

1 2 3 4

Listen to Emily talk about the things she did yesterday. Put pictures a–e in the correct order.

Practice saying the words.

Cover the chart in 2a. Test a partner.

e

,

/d/ lived

looked watched called tried walked played finished 3

4 heard 5 talked 6 watched

08.19

a

08.13 Listen and practice these sounds.

1 /t/ talked   2

, ,

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1 What do we add to the verbs in A to make the past form? 2 Do the verbs in B all change in the same way or in different ways?

a when everyone was a child b after work / school c on weekends

4 SPEAKING a

Communication 8B Student A go to p. 113. Student B go to p. 111.

67


8         C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to make and respond to suggestions W LearnParagraph writing

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

Let’s go somewhere this weekend c

Ca ge

id

br

m Logan

What do you like about the town or city where you live? What don’t you like?

e

Listen to Part 2. Who went to a party? Who watched TV?

f

08.23 Listen to Part 2 again and answer the questions.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Listen to Part 1. Logan and Daniel are at work on Monday morning. Check (✓) the things they talk about: a b c d e

08.23

1 What’s difficult for Logan? Is it hard for Daniel, too? 2 What’s Daniel’s idea for next weekend? 3 Does Logan feel happy or sad at the end of the conversation? Why?

Ask and answer the questions.

1 On the first day at work / school after the weekend, how do you feel? 2 What do you usually talk to your friends about on that day? 08.22

Listen to Part 1 again. Are the sentences true or false? 08.22

d

U

1 LISTENING

b

W Thank you note

1 Daniel was busy with friends all weekend. 2 Logan likes the city, but he doesn’t like the weather. 3 Logan sees his family often.

Daniel

a

P Sentence stress and intonation

g

Talk about the questions.

1 Is it difficult to meet new people in your town / city? Why / Why not? 2 What are good ways to meet new people?

the weekend Boston (the city where they live) work family baseball

t

en

sm

s se

68

Boston, Massachusetts


UNIT 8 2 USEFUL LANGUAGE Making and

responding to suggestions

a

c

Practice the conversation in 2b with a partner.

d Complete the conversation with words or

expressions in 2a and 2b. There is sometimes more than one answer.

Listen to the conversations. Underline the word you hear. Are both options possible? 08.24

A B A B OK,

m

Ca

1 DANIEL Let’s / We could go to Newport. LOGAN That sounds nice / good. 2 DANIEL So, do you want to / let’s go there on Saturday? LOGAN Yeah, that’s a nice / great idea.

b

Complete the conversation with the words in the box. Listen and check. 08.25

e

go to the movies tonight. , I’m busy. I have a work dinner. go tomorrow night. .

br

Practice the conversation in 2d with a partner. Take turns being A and B.

want

ge

id

A Let’s for dinner on Saturday. B Saturday? I’m , I can’t. I’m out of town on Saturday. A Do you to go on Sunday? B Yes, that’s a great . idea go

sorry

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 3 PRONUNCIATION Sentence stress

and intonation

a

c

2 Yes, that’s a nice idea.

Listen to the expressions in 3a again. Does the intonation rise or fall after the main stress? 08.26

Work with a partner.

Then switch roles.

Now go to Writing Plus 8C on p. 161 for Writing short emails, notes, and texts.

B

Say yes. Suggest an Italian restaurant. You went to an Italian restaurant last weekend. Suggest a Mexican restaurant.

Say yes. Suggest a time.

Agree with Student B. Say goodbye.

Thank Student A and say goodbye.

d Read another

student’s note. What do they say thank you for?

t

Suggest Saturday.

I want to say thank you for … It was … I hope …

Hi Daniel! Thank you for the tour of Newport yesterday. It was great to see a new town and meet your friends. I had a lot of fun! Here is a picture I took at lunch. I hope we can do it again sometime soon. See you soon!

en

You’re busy on Friday. You have a work dinner.

friend to thank them for something. Here are some ideas:

Logan M.

sm

what you want to say. Suggest going to a restaurant on Friday.

Read Logan’s text to Daniel. Why did Logan write it?

c Write a note to a

a Work in pairs. Read the ideas below and think about A

a

s se

4 SPEAKING

I’m sorry, I’m busy that night. I have a work dinner.

5 WRITING

b

Student A: Say sentences 1 and 2. Student B: Answer with phrases in 3a. 1 Let’s have some coffee. 2 Do you want to go for a walk?

Have a phone conversation with your partner. Then switch roles. Do you want to go to a restaurant on Friday?

Listen to the expressions. Notice the main stress. 08.26

1 Yes, that’s a great idea.

b

b

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

69


UNIT 8

c Complete the chart with the words and phrases in the box.

Review

a video game a soccer game (x2) a magazine a pizza a podcast a shower

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Write simple past sentences and questions with be and the words and phrases.

m

br

ge

id

1 2 3 4 5 6

a Check (✓) the correct answer.

Today is WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 21. It’s 7:30 p.m.

a book,

, a movie 4

the guitar,

, the newspaper 5

, soccer

go to

the movies, a party,

take

7

6

, a café

I was in Atlanta before two weeks ago. We were in Quito last the weekend. I had coffee with Lily at Friday. We went a party yesterday. I listened music last night. We played the baseball this morning.

a

Look at the words in the box. Is the final sound /t/ or /d/? Complete the chart. Practice saying the words. 08.27

called talked lived watched listened played finished

/t/

/d/

called

b

Listen to the sentences. Underline the word with the main stress. 08.28

1 That’s a great idea. 2 It’s a beautiful place.

3 It was good. 4 How was your weekend?

c Complete the conversation with the phrases from 3b. Then practice with a partner.

A Good morning! 1 B 2 I stayed at home and watched movies. What about you? A On Saturday, I went to a new park in my city. 3 . B 4 Saturday was a beautiful day. A Yes, it was.

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … talk about past events describe events in the past make and respond to suggestions

t

en

Ask and answer questions with Where were you … ? and a past time expression.

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

sm

70

3

s se

1 Wednesday, October 7 a   two weeks ago b yesterday 2 2:30 p.m. on Wednesday, October 21 a   last night b this afternoon 3 August 21 a   two months ago b last month 4 Tuesday, October 20 a   yesterday b a few days ago 5 Saturday, October 17 a   this morning b last Saturday 6 Sunday, October 18 a   six months ago b on Sunday

b

watch

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Last week my family and I 1 (be) in Miami. We 2 (arrive) on Wednesday morning. First, we 3 (visit) my dad’s family. My dad and his brothers 4 (talk) for a long time. Then we 5 (go) to a big museum in downtown Miami. We 6 (see) a lot of interesting things there. In the evening, we 7 (watch) a movie. We 8 (stay) at the Dylan Hotel. The rooms 9 (not / be) very big, but I 10 (like) the bathroom and the food 11 (be) great! Every morning I 12 (have) toast, eggs, fruit, and coffee for breakfast.

2 VOCABULARY

music, 2

d Correct the sentences.

b Complete the text with the simple past form of the verb in parentheses.

listen to

play

Where were you yesterday? (+) I / in a meeting. (?) / you OK (–) James / at work this morning. (?) where / he (+) Yasmin and Kylie / in New York two weeks ago. (–) we / in Paris six years ago

a drink, coffee, 1

read

> (?) where / you yesterday

1 2 3 4 5 6

have


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about travel and vacation

experiences ■ Talk about past vacations ■ Make and respond to requests

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

9

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 2 3 4

What country do you think this is? What transportation can you see? What time of year is it? What is the weather like in this place?

b

t

en

VACATIONS

sm

s se

UNIT Talk about the questions.

1 Where did you go on your last vacation? 2 What weather do you like while on vacation? Why?

c

Ask your partner one question about their last vacation.

71 71


9                   A

I DIDN’T STAY IN A HOTEL

Learn to talk about travel and vacation experiences G Simple past: negative V Transportation

Ca

BACKYARD CAMPING

HOME | FIND A BACKYARD | REVIEWS | CONTACT US

Home |

Find A Backyard |

Reviews | Contact Us

m

How Does It Work?

ge

id

br

Do you want a cheap vacation in a beautiful place? Why not camp in someone’s backyard? It’s cheap, and you can make new friends. We have more than 1,000 backyards in 70 countries, and you can camp in all of them! Old house with a big backyard on a lake. 20 minutes from the Salt Lake City airport.

U

42 big tents with beds and showers inside. 40 minutes from the city of Marrakesh.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

COST $15 a night

COST $30 a night

HOW TO GET THERE Go to Stansbury Park by bus or tram. Then take a taxi or drive a car to the house (5 minutes).

HOW TO GET THERE Fly to Marrakesh and then take a taxi or drive a car.

ROBERT’S PLACE, STANSBURY PARK, UTAH, U.S.

1 READING a

2 VOCABULARY Transportation

Where do you usually stay on vacation? Here are some ideas: • at a hotel • at a hostel

b

YOUSSEF’S PLACE, MARRAKESH, MOROCCO

a

09.01 Find words on the Backyard Camping website to match pictures 1–7. Listen and check.

• at a campsite • with friends or family

It’s a great idea!

2

the charts.

bus plane tram

go

c in Salt Lake City d near the bus station c not in Marrakesh d not very cheap c near some restaurants d expensive

7

a bus a taxi

c Find verbs in the texts that mean: a go by car

b go by plane

d

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 9A on p. 151.

e

How do you … ? 1 2 3 4 5

go to work or school go to a big town or city nearby go home late at night go to a party I usually take a bus to work. go on vacation

t

Camping website. Which answers (a–d) are incorrect? Correct the wrong answers.

6

en

c Read about three backyards on the Backyard

5

sm

No, thanks!

7272

4

b Find words on the Backyard Camping website to complete

Hmm, interesting.

1 Robert’s place: a old house b big backyard 2 Youssef’s place: a small tents b showers 3 Guadalupe’s place: a big backyard b pool

3

s se

Read How Does It Work? on the Backyard Camping website. What do you think of the idea?

1


UNIT 9 WEEK 3

Through the Country by Bus We didn’t go to big cities. We went by bus, and we stayed in small places in the country. In one place, we stayed with a family. We didn’t stay in their house – we camped in their backyard. We bought food in the town, and we cooked meals in the house. And we went swimming every morning in their pool. It was very cheap, and the family was very friendly. We stayed for four days!

Julian

br

m

Ca

House with a big backyard and swimming pool. Free bikes. Near restaurants, a river, and a zoo.

15

COST: $4 a night

b Read the blog post again. Check (✓) the correct sentences.

ge

id

HOW TO GET THERE: Go to Villavicencio by plane or bus. Then take a taxi or another bus to our house.

1  a    b

U

2  a    b

3  a They stayed in the   They went to small places.    house. They didn’t stay in   They didn’t go to    b small places.   the house. 4  a They used the kitchen.   They had a car. They didn’t use the   They didn’t have    b a car.   kitchen.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

GUADALUPE’S PLACE, CUMARAL, COLOMBIA

7

c Look at the b sentences in 3b. Complete the rule.

Language Plus go

Simple past negative (–): I/you/he/she/it/we/they +

go to the movies

go to work not to the work

go home not to home

go on vacation

f Sound and spelling the letter a 1

09.04 The letter a can have different sounds. Listen and practice the words. 1  /æ/ taxi 2  /ɑ/ car 3  /eɪ/ plane

want

camp

train

d

Now go to Grammar Focus 9A on p. 130.

e

09.08 Pronunciation Listen to the sentences. Is didn’t stressed or unstressed?

1 We didn’t stay in their house. 2 We didn’t have a car.

f

• emails

g

What do you like about Julian’s vacation? What don’t you like?

1 2 3 4

I stayed in a hotel. I visited museums. I bought a lot of clothes. I had my computer with me.

5 6 7 8

I went to bed early. I cooked my own food. I watched TV. I read a lot of books.

1 I didn’t stay in a hotel. I stayed in a hostel.

i

Tell a partner your sentences in 3h.

t

en

place from the Backyard Camping website does he write about?

• photos

sm

a Read the post from Julian’s travel blog. Which

• bikes

true? If they aren’t true, make them negative. Then write a true affirmative sentence.

3 09.06 Listen to these words. Which one in each group has a different a sound? 1 tram want man 2 have lake vacation 3 party bag backyard 4 plant glass want 4 Practice saying the words.

Simple past: negative

• money

h Think about your last vacation. Which sentences are

father

3 GRAMMAR AND LISTENING

Listen to Julian. He says more things about his trip. What does he say about … ? 09.09

s se

2 09.05 Listen to these words. Are the letters in bold Sound 1, 2, or 3?

+ verb

I didn’t visit museums. I went to the zoo.

4 SPEAKING Communication 9A Student A go to p. 114. Student B go to p. 110.

73


9                   B

HOW DID YOU GET THERE?

1 VOCABULARY The seasons

G Simple past: questions V The seasons; The weather

a

b

c

d

09.10 Match the words in the box with pictures a–d. Listen and check.

m

Ca

a

Learn to talk about past vacations

winter

autumn / fall

br

b

summer spring

Ask and answer the questions.

id

2 READING

ge

1 Do you have four seasons in your country? 2 Which seasons do you like? Which seasons don’t you like?

U

different about this New Year’s Eve and New Year’s Day for them?

b Complete Michael’s notes with the words in the box. party

shopping watched 1

cold

Thursday:Notes with family in Union Square Done 2 New Year’s Eve: 1 in Times Square – great Thursday: with family in fireworks! 3Union Square Friday: and snowy weather; 2 New Year’s Eve: in 4 everyoneTimes stayed inside–and a movie. Square great fireworks! 3

The Ortega family from Puerto Rico went to New York City for New Year’s Eve. Read Michael Ortega’s blog post.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

a Read about the Ortega family’s vacation. What was

MY BLOG

MICHAEL ORTEGA

New Year’s Fun in the

BIG APPLE

Friday: and snowy weather; everyone stayed inside and 4 a movie.

We went shopping in Union Square – it has a lot of big stores, restaurants, and cafés. The weather is cold and windy in December, but we enjoyed it! We went to a big New Year’s Eve party in Times Square in the evening and watched the ball drop. My sister and I loved the fireworks!

Friday, January 1

74

It’s winter here, and it’s very different to have our New Year’s in the cold. I like the hot, sunny weather in Puerto Rico on New Year’s Day, but in New York it was very cold and snowy. It didn’t feel like New Year’s Day. Everyone stayed inside and watched a movie!

t

en

Thursday, December 31

sm

s se Times Square ball drop


UNIT 9 3 VOCABULARY The weather a

c

09.11 What does Michael say about the weather in New York City and Puerto Rico? Complete the sentences with hot or cold. Listen and check.

do

m

Ca

br

d

Now go to Grammar Focus 9B on p. 130.

e

Complete the two conversations about last weekend. Listen and check your answers.

ge

id

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

I like sunny weather. = I think sunny weather is good. What’s the weather like? = How’s the weather?

f

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 9B on p. 152.

Tell a partner about last weekend. Use the conversations in 4e and your own ideas.

c Sound and spelling the letter o 1

09.21

Conversation 1 Conversation 2 A go / movies C go / restaurant last weekend? last night? B Yes, I did. D Yes, I did. C Where / go? A What / see? B The new James Bond D A new Thai restaurant. movie.

Language Plus like

b

did

you get there? Eric How Angie By bus. And, you know, the weather was really warm. Eric you enjoy it there? Angie Yes, I did. I had a great time, and I didn’t want to leave!

1 The weather is and windy in December.

2 I like the , sunny weather in Puerto Rico on New Year’s Day.

09.18 Listen to the end of the conversation. Choose one word from the box to complete the two questions.

Did you see your friends last weekend?

09.14 The letter o can have different sounds. Listen

and repeat the words. 1  /oʊ/ snow  2   /ɑʊ/ cloudy  3 /ɑ/ hot

Who did you see?

2 09.15 Listen to these words. Are the letters in bold Sound 1, 2, or 3? shopping

town

g

cold

3 09.16 Listen to these words. Which one in each group has a different o sound? Listen again and repeat. job go 1 got not slow 2 know 3 phone now down

d

b Write questions to ask about your partner’s vacation.

Angie

1 2 3 4 5 6

09.17

Listen again. Match 1–3 with a–c.

1 Eric last year 2 Angie last year 3 Angie two years ago

a San Andrés Island b Uruguay c São Paulo

c

Ask and answer the questions in 5b about your vacation. When was the vacation? Where did you go? What was the weather like?

t

They’re on vacation now. They talk about past and future vacations. They only talk about past vacations.

en

b

Eric

When … the vacation? When was the vacation? Where … go? What … the weather like? What … eat? What … do? (your idea for a question)

sm

1 2 3

• food • things you did

s se

Listen to Eric and Angie talk about summer vacations. Check (✓) the correct sentence. 09.17

Jacob saw his friend Daniele last weekend.

a Think about a past vacation. Write notes about the:

Simple past: questions

a

I saw Daniele.

5 SPEAKING • place • weather

Communication 9B Student A go to p. 111. Student B go to p. 113.

4 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR

Work in new pairs. Tell your new partner about your first partner.

Yes, I did.

It was last spring. We went to Lombok, in Indonesia. It was hot and sunny.

75


9C

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Syllables

Can you do something for me?

1 LISTENING

W An online post

a

Talk about a place near your town or city with a partner. Ask and answer the questions.

Ca

a

Learn to write an email with travel advice to make and respond to requests W LearnParagraph writing

Look at pictures a and b and talk about the questions. Listen to Part 1 and check your answers. 09.22

id

b

br

m

1 Where’s a nice place to visit for a day? Why? 2 What can you see and do there? 3 Do you go there often?

09.22

Listen to Part 1 again. Are the sentences true

or false?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c

ge

1 Do you think Isabel and Sara like Mexico? 2 What is the first thing Sara buys at the market?

1 Isabel doesn’t like the food. 2 Sara buys a hat, blankets, and bowls. 3 Sara’s bag is heavy and difficult to carry.

d

What do you buy when you visit another place?

b

2 PRONUNCIATION Syllables and spelling a

09.23 Listen to the word in bold in the sentence. Do you hear all the letters? It’s very different from Baltimore. 09.23

b

Listen again and repeat the word in bold.

09.24 Listen to these words. Underline the letters you don’t hear.

restaurant interesting favorite business every family vegetable camera

Practice saying the words in 2b.

a

b

09.25

Listen to Part 2 again. Underline the correct

answer. 1 Isabel wants to buy something at the hotel / airport. 2 Isabel puts Sara’s new blankets / bowls in her suitcase. 3 Sara asks / doesn’t ask Isabel for help with her bags.

c 76

Who do you usually ask for help – a friend or someone in your family? Why?

t

1 What does Sara do on her phone? 2 Why can’t they take the bus or the subway?

en

09.25 Sara and Isabel are now at the hotel. Listen to Part 2 and check your answers.

sm

3 LISTENING

c

s se

c


UNIT 9 4 USEFUL LANGUAGE Making and responding to requests a

09.26 Listen to the questions. Underline the word you hear. Then answer the question below.

Can / Could you take it for a minute? Can / Could you do something for me? Can / Could you put these blankets in your suitcase? Can / Could you help me with these bags, please?

1 A B A 2 C D C

Is it OK to use can and could in all the sentences?

m

09.27 Put the possible replies to the questions in 4a into the chart. Listen and check your answers.

br

b

No, I can’t. Sure, no problem.

id

Of course. I’m sorry, I can’t.

d

ge

Yes

09.28 Complete mini-conversations 1 and 2 with the phrases in the box. Listen and check.

Oh, that’s OK. I can do it. Thanks, that’s really nice of you.

Ca

1 2 3 4

c

Work in pairs. Take turns making requests and replying. Use the ideas below and can/could. 1 help me with my homework 2 give me your book

No

U on the phone. Look at the ideas below and think about what you want to say. Say hello and who you are. Answer. Ask for help with something. Ask Student B to come shopping with you today.

Last week I went to Mexico with Isabel. The last day was my favorite day. First, we went for a walk to the old part of the city. It was beautiful. Next, we had lunch at a small restaurant. The food was great! Then, we went shopping at a market, and I saw some beautiful things. I bought blankets, bowls, and a big hat. Isabel helped me with my bags because they were very heavy! Mexico is a great country – it’s very different from Baltimore.

B

Say hello and ask how Student A is.

Say yes.

12

3

Say no – you’re busy today.

Say yes. Say goodbye.

Have a phone conversation with your partner. Then switch roles.

b

Now go to Writing Plus 9C on p. 162 for Making the order clear.

c Write an online post about a trip to another place. Here are some ideas:

Last weekend, / month, / summer, I went to … with … First, we … It was … Next, we … Then, we … … is a nice / beautiful / great city / town / place.

d Read another student’s online post. Do you like the activities he/she did?

t

en

b

is new?

sm

Say thanks and goodbye.

a Read about Sara’s trip. What information about her trip to Mexico

s se

Ask about tomorrow.

I’m sorry, I can’t. I’m busy.

6 WRITING

a Work in pairs. You and your partner are A

Could you meet me after class?

3 meet me after class 4 call me tonight

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

5 SPEAKING

Could you help me with dinner? Sure, no problem. . Can you drive my sister to the train station? I’m sorry, I can’t. I have a lot of work to finish. .

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

77


UNIT 9 Review

b Underline the correct answers.

1 GRAMMAR

1

Ca

A Was it cold / wet / warm? B Yes! It was –10°C! There was a lot 2 of snow / snowy. 3 A Wow! It never snows / snowy in my country.

a Underline the correct answer. We didn’t stay / stayed in a hotel last year. I didn’t take / took any photos this morning. She doesn’t / didn’t buy a book yesterday. They didn’t have / had fish for dinner last night. We don’t watched / didn’t watch a movie last week. He didn’t took / didn’t take a taxi to the airport.

br

m

1 2 3 4 5 6

id

C Do I need an umbrella? 4 D I don’t know. It’s rainy / rain – but 5 it’s very wind / windy, too! 6

E Was it wet / hot ? F Yes, very! It was about 35°C! But it 7 was cloud / cloudy all the time. We didn’t see the sun.

ge

b Look at the answers and complete the questions.

c

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

> ‘‘ Did it rain yesterday?” “Yes, it did. It rained in the morning.” 1 “ basketball last week?” “No, I didn’t – but I played tennis!” 2 “What time yesterday?” “I got up at six o’clock.” 3 “ any photos on New Year’s Eve?” “Yes, I did. I took some photos at the party.” 4 “Where yesterday?” “I went to the park.” 5 “ your phone yesterday?” “Yes, of course! I use my phone every day!” 6 “What for breakfast today?” “I had cereal and coffee.”

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

a

1 2 3 4 5 6

Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in 1b.

b

d Correct the simple past sentences.

> Where they did stay? Where did they stay? 6 What you cooked? 1 Do you arrived last night? 7 We don’t visit Pedro 2 Yes, I do arrived. yesterday. 3 No, I not. 8 Saw you the backyard? 4 What did you bought? 5 I didn’t watched TV.

train car plane rain camp want hot not go boat snow town man camp take tram cloud home cold no cloud now drove down 09.30

Complete the chart with words in the box.

yesterday beautiful different expensive interesting camera every difficult restaurant business favorite museum

We always say all the letters

We don’t always say all the letters

yesterday

different

a Write the words. 3

4

5

6

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

78

1 ritan 2 atix 3 bysauw

4 mart 5 elnap 6 pish

I CAN … talk about travel and vacation experiences talk about past vacations make and respond to requests

t

en

2

sm

1

s se

2 VOCABULARY

09.29 Which of the letters in bold in each group has a different sound? Underline the word. Practice saying the words.


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about your home ■ Ask where people are and what

they’re doing ■ Ask for travel information

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

10

t

en

HERE AND NOW

sm

s se

UNIT

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 2 3 4 5

What is the boy doing? Who is the woman? Where is she? What do you think they’re saying? How often do you think they do this? How do they feel? Why?

b

Talk about the questions. 1 Do you speak to family and friends online? How often? Who do you speak to? 2 What programs or apps do you use to talk to people online? 3 What are the good things and bad things about using the Internet to speak to people?

79 79


10A

WE’RE WATCHING THE GAME

a

Learn to talk about your home G Present continuous: affirmative V The home

c

e

f

ge

id

br

m

Ca

b

d

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 1 VOCABULARY The home

2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING

a

a

10.01 Match the words in the box with pictures a–f. Listen and check.

bedroom yard living room dining room kitchen bathroom

10.05 Listen to Grace talk about her apartment. Put pictures a–c on page 81 in the order Grace talks about them.

b

b

1 2 3 4 5

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 10A on p. 153.

c Sound and spelling /tʃ/ and /θ/ 1

10.03 Listen and practice these sounds. 1 /tʃ/ kitchen  2 /θ/ bathroom

c

10.04 What sound do you hear in the words in the box,

2

d

Ask and answer the questions with a partner. 1 2 3 4 5

80

Practice saying the words.

How many bedrooms are there in your home? Where do you eat your dinner? Is there a TV in your home? Where? Do you have a yard? If yes, is it big or small? Which room is your favorite?

e

Choose a room in your home and write the names of some objects in that room. Then tell your partner about them. In my bedroom, there’s a bed, a chair, and a small desk.

t

In my home, there are four bedrooms and a big bathroom.

3 Which letters usually spell /tʃ/ and which spell /θ/? 4

Think about your home and the rooms it has. Tell a partner about your home.

en

d

sm

bathroom

Do you like Grace’s apartment? Why / Why not?

s se

kitchen

Grace’s apartment isn’t big. The light in her apartment is good. There isn’t a TV in the living room. There’s a dining room in her apartment. She uses her computer in her living room.

in + room on + floor, wall There’s a desk in my bedroom. The books are on the floor. Put the cake in the kitchen. There are pictures on the wall.

cheese month birthday thanks change both March question three watch

Sound 2 /θ/

Listen again. Are the sentences true or false?

Language Plus in / on

Sound 1 or Sound 2? Listen and add the words to the sound groups below.

Sound 1 /tʃ/

10.05


UNIT 10 3 READING

b Read the texts again. Where are the writers?

a Read the texts. Are they for people who are near

c

or far away?

4 GRAMMAR

2

1

Do you sometimes send a text to someone when you’re in the same place? Why / Why not?

Present continuous: affirmative

Ca

a Look at the sentence from text 1. Does it mean Mom, I’m studying really hard for my exam. Can I have some coffee, please?

now or usually?

We’re watching the game.

b Complete the rule with -ing and be.

id

br

m

Come in here! We’re watching the game. It’s Germany and Brazil.

ge

Present continuous affirmative (+): I/you/he/she/it/we/they + + verb +

4

U

3

c

10.06 Pronunciation Listen to the sentence in 4a. Underline the stressed words.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

d Underline four more examples of the present continuous in texts 2–5 in 3a.

Steve’s talking too much – I can’t hear the TV. Tell him to be quiet!

5

I’m sitting in the car outside the house. Can you come and help me with my suitcase? It’s really heavy! Thanks!

e

Now go to Grammar Focus 10A on p. 130.

f It’s 2 p.m. on Sunday. What are you doing? Write a text to a friend. Hi! I’m having lunch at a new restaurant downtown with my sister. It’s really good! We’re eating a lot of food.

g

Read your text to the class. Listen to the other students. Is anyone doing the same thing?

5 SPEAKING

I’m cooking your dinner and there’s no butter – can you stop watching TV and go to the supermarket for me?

b

c

t

en

sm

s se

a

Communication 10A Student A go to p. 115. Student B go to p. 112.

81


Learn to ask where people are and what they’re doing

10B

ARE YOU WORKING?

G Present continuous: negative and questions V Place phrases with prepositions

?

Some people always have their phone on, and they use it all the time — in a café, in the car, even in bed! Is this a good idea? Tell us what you think! And do you use your phone all the time?

m

Ca

How much do you use your phone

SAM I use my phone all the time, but not at the movies, and not on a plane. I have it on at night by the bed. You never know – maybe someone needs to call you.

id

br

RAOUL My phone’s always on, day and night, and I use it all the time – I talk on it, play games on it, send messages. When I wake up, I sit in bed, check my messages, and read the news on my phone. It’s a great way to start the day!

JENNY My phone is usually off and I don’t use it much. I use it to call people at the airport or on a bus – sometimes I need to say I’m late. But I don’t like sending text messages.

ge

YASMIN I never talk on the phone when I’m with people in a restaurant. I have it on “silent” and put it in my bag – I don’t want to talk while I’m eating. But I often take photos of the food with it. It’s always by my bed at night, so I can wake up in the morning. I don’t like talking on the phone much – I usually send text messages.

U

a

b

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

MIGUEL I always have my phone with me – when I’m at home and when I’m at work, and I use it on the way to work to talk and check my emails. But I don’t have it by the bed at night – I put it on “silent” and leave it in the kitchen. I want to sleep!

1 READING

a Match the phrases in the box with pictures a–e.

b

2 VOCABULARY Place phrases with prepositions

a Find phrases in the message board with in, on, or at and the nouns in the box. Add them to the chart.

at the movies in bed in the car in a restaurant on a mountain

café airport car work bed plane movies bus restaurant home

Look at pictures a–e again. Answer the questions.

in a café

1 What object is in all the pictures? 2 Which are … ? • a good idea ​• pretty normal ​• a bad idea

in

b

You’re in a place in 2a and your partner calls you. Tell your partner what you’re doing. Your partner guesses the place.

answer the questions.

Which person do you think ... ?

e Write a comment about you and your phone for the message board.

f

c

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 10B on p. 147.

d Sound and spelling /ə/ 1

10.09 Listen to the sound /ə/ in these words. Is it stressed or unstressed? correct idea apartment station

2

10.10 Listen to these words. Underline the /ə/ sound in each word.

Read your comment to your partner. Are you the same?

about banana woman television problem breakfast company information 3

82

Practice saying the words.

t

a has good ideas b has a problem

Are you in the car?

en

d

I’m going to work.

sm

1 You call the five people. They’re in a restaurant. Who answers? 2 You call the five people at 3 a.m. Who answers?

at

s se

c Read the message board comments and

on


UNIT 10 c

d

br

m

Ca e

c

ge

id

Complete the chart. Listen and check.

+

–

I’m working.

I’m

.

I’m having dinner.

I’m

dinner.

10.13

Complete Jack’s questions. Listen and check.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

d

10.12

1 JACK What doing? ELLIE I’m at the bus stop. I’m going home. 2 JACK working? ELLIE No, I’m not working. 3 ELLIE I’m watching a movie. JACK Oh, what watching?

3 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR Present

continuous: negative and questions

a

10.11 Listen and match conversations 1–5 with pictures a–e.

b

a

f

Now go to Grammar Focus 10B on p. 132.

g

Communication 10B Student A go to p. 114. Student B go to p. 112.

4 SPEAKING

a You and a partner are in different places. You want to meet. Before you speak on the phone, write notes. Think about these questions:

• Where are you? (Choose a place from Vocabulary Focus 10B on page 147.) • What are you doing? (Think of two or more activities.) • When do you want to meet? (Think of a day, a time, and a place.)

sm

d

Pronunciation Listen to the questions in 3d again. Which word gets the most stress in each question? 10.14

s se

c

e

b Call your partner and have a conversation.

t

en

• Ask where your partner is and what he/she is doing. • Plan when and where to meet your partner.

b

Do you think … ? 1 Jack likes Ellie 2 Ellie likes Jack

How do you know?

e

Hi, Tom. What are you doing?

I’m writing a report.

Are you free this evening? Do you want to go to Café Cabana?

83


10C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to ask forwriting travel information W LearnParagraph

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Sound and spelling: /ɪə/ and /eə/

What time’s the train?

W A text asking for information

1 LISTENING

a

Ca

a Look at pictures a and b and talk about the questions.

m

1 Where are Javier and Owen going? 2 Where do you think they go before? 10.18

Listen to Part 1. Check your ideas in 1a.

10.18

Listen to Part 1 again. Answer the questions.

c

id

br

b

ge

1 What does Javier say about Jim? 2 Do they know what time the train leaves?

U

/ɪə/ and /eə/

a

here

b

a

Listen to these words. Which word has a different sound? 10.19

yeah

really

Listen and complete the chart with the words in the box. 10.20

3 LISTENING

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

2 PRONUNCIATION Sound and spelling:

b c

here

c

yeah

Listen to Part 2. Check your ideas in 3a.

10.21 Listen to Part 2 again. Complete the information.

d

In your country, what is an easy way to travel – train, bus, car?

Listen again and repeat.

t

en

sm

s se

b

10.20

Sound 2 /eə/

10.21

1 Time of next train: 2 Time now: 3 Platform:

chair care year dear hair near there clear pair zero

Sound 1 /ɪə/

Look at picture b. What questions does Owen ask the ticket agent at the train station?

84


UNIT 10

ge

id

br

m

Ca 4 USEFUL LANGUAGE Asking for

5 SPEAKING

travel information

U

Communication 10C Student A go to p. 110. Student B go to p. 112.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

a Who says these expressions – a passenger (P) or the ticket agent (TA)? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

The next train is at 2:15. Which platform is it? Excuse me. The train leaves in ten minutes. No, you change at Penn Station. Yes? How can I help you? What time’s the next train to Philadelphia? Is it a direct train? It’s Platform 4.

b

10.22 Listen and check your answers in 4a. Then listen again and repeat.

c

Complete the sentences with at or in. Listen and check. 10.23

1 The next train leaves 2 The next train leaves

d

half an hour. five o’clock.

10.24 Put the conversation in the correct order. Then listen and check.

6 WRITING

a Owen helped his friend Anthony plan a vacation to

Washington, D.C. Anthony sends Owen a message. Read it and answer the questions. 1 Where’s Anthony now? 2 What two questions does he ask?

Hi, Owen. I’m traveling to Washington, D.C. right now on the train. Sorry, I can’t remember two things. First, where can I find a taxi at the train station? And how much is it from the station to the hotel? Thanks! Anthony

b

c Write a message to a friend. Ask two questions in

Read another student’s message. Try to answer the questions.

t

Practice the conversation in 4d with a partner. Take turns being the ticket agent and the passenger. Change the times, kind of transportation, and the platforms / bus stops.

d

en

The next bus leaves in 20 minutes. It’s stop 7, near the ticket office. No problem. Yes? How can I help you? No, you change at Austin.

sm

B

e

Hi … I’m going / doing / having … Sorry, I can’t remember … Where / How / When … ? Thanks …

So, at 5:15. And is it a direct bus? Great! Thanks for your help. What time’s the next bus to Dallas? Excuse me. OK, and which bus stop is it?

s se

your message. Here are some ideas:

A

1

Now go to Writing Plus 10C on p. 162 for Word order in questions.

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

85


UNIT 10 Review

b Complete the questions with in, on, or at.

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

a Correct the present continuous sentences.

m

> Carmen be wearing a yellow T-shirt.

Carmen’s wearing a yellow T-shirt. 4 The class starting. 5 She’s haveing lunch. 6 We waiting.

id

br

1 You wearing my shoes! 2 They’re geting a taxi. 3 I’m writeing to Kelly.

b Write present continuous questions with the words 5 why / you / study / English ? 6 what / your friends / do ?

3 SOUND AND SPELLING a Notice the two sounds and the letters in bold. 1 /tʃ/ choose 2 /θ/ three

Ask and answer the questions in 1b.

d Complete the phone conversation with the verbs in parentheses.

b

GABY Hi, it’s me. JUAN Oh, hi. What 1 (you / do)? GABY I2 (talk) to you, of course. I’m on the train. JUAN Oh, very funny. Well, I 3 (cook) dinner. So, 4 (you / listen to) music? GABY Mm, no. I 5 (read) a book. JUAN Oh, great. What’s the weather like there? GABY Not good. It 6 (rain) outside. JUAN Well, it 7 (not / rain) here – it 8 (snow)! But Gwen and Carla are in the yard. GABY The yard? Why? What 9 (they / do)? JUAN They 10 (make) a snowman!

2 VOCABULARY a Write the rooms.

Ask and answer the questions in 2b.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

where / you / sit ? you / wear / black shoes ? it / rain ? you / use / a computer ?

U

1 2 3 4

c

ge

and phrases.

Do you listen to music the car? Do you sleep trains / buses / planes? Do you read bed? Do you eat the movies? Were you home yesterday for lunch? Did you play volleyball school? What’s the floor in this room? Are there any pictures the walls?

Complete the chart with the words in the box. Practice saying the words. 10.25

bathroom birthday change choose kitchen question thanks three

/tʃ/

choose

c

/θ/

three

Are the two sounds in bold in each sentence the same (S) or different (D)? Practice saying the sentences. 10.26

1 The meal is here. 2 Wear a pair of shoes. 3 Their house is near.

4 It’s real hair. 5 Yeah, it’s there. 6 Where’s the chair?

m

m

3 k

n

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS 4 d r

How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

g m

I CAN … 5 y

talk about my home

d 6 l

86

gr

m

ask where people are and what they’re doing ask for travel information

t

2 b

en

sm

s se

1 b


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about people’s lives ■ Talk about things you know how to do ■ Talk about opinions

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

11

t

en

ACHIEVERS

sm

s se

UNIT

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 What did this man do before he went into his tent? What are his plans tomorrow? 2 Check (✓) the things the man can do in his tent tonight. Why can’t he do some things? listen to music cook dinner read a magazine do yoga play the guitar sleep well

3 What do you think he is writing in his book? 4 What questions do you want to ask him? Write down three.

b

Would you like to be where this man is? Why / Why not?

87 87


11A

SHE WENT AROUND THE EARTH

1 READING

Ca

a

m

Think of two famous people from your country (present or past). Ask and answer the questions with a partner. 1 Why are / were they famous? 2 What do you know about them? 3 Do you think people from other countries know about them? Why / Why not?

br

V Life events

THEY WERE THE FIRST! #1 THE FIRST WOMAN IN SPACE Valentina Tereshkova (born 1937) A Russian cosmonaut

id

What did she do?

ge

died over 15 years ago had new ideas for computers studied and worked at the same time came from a poor family lived in a few different places had one child

In 1963, she flew in Vostok 6. She went around the Earth 48 times, and she was in space for almost three days.

Her life

She was born in 1937 in a small town in Russia. Her father was a tractor driver, and her mother worked in a factory. She finished school at 16 and started work in a factory. In her free time, she studied and she also went parachute jumping.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c

G Object pronouns

Who is she?

b Read They Were the First! Who … ? 1 2 3 4 5 6

Learn to talk about people’s lives

Read They Were the First! again. Choose one thing about each person you think is interesting and say why.

In 1963, she got married, and the next year she had a daughter, Elena. After that, Valentina never flew into space again.

2 VOCABULARY Life events a

11.01

Look at these events in a person’s life. Match events 1–6 with pictures a–f. Listen and check.

1 die 2 grow up 3 finish college

c

e

Compare your lists with other students. Are they the same?

Read They Were the First! again. Write simple past sentences about the years below. Valentina Tereshkova • 1937 • 1953 • 1963 • 1964

William Higinbotham • 1910 • 1928 • 1932 • 1949

1937 – Valentina was born. Language Plus Years To say a year, we usually say the numbers in pairs: 1937 ➔ 19 37 nineteen thirty-seven   2021 ➔ 20 21 twenty twenty-one We sometimes say the complete number for years after 2000: 2019 = two thousand nineteen 2021 = two thousand twenty-one Note: 1900 = nineteen hundred 2000 = two thousand 2005 = two thousand five

t

1 everyone does this 2 most people do this 3 only some people do this

d

en

b Write the events in three lists.

sm

6 be born

88

f

b

5 go to school

c

d

s se

4 get married

a


UNIT 11 3 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR

Object pronouns

a

11.06 Listen to two friends talking about Valentina Tereshkova. Check (✓) the questions you can answer after listening to their conversation.

Ca

1 2 3 4 5

m

#2 THE GRANDFATHER OF VIDEO GAMES William Higinbotham (1910–1994)

Where did she go to school? Why did she get the job? How did she meet her husband? Where does she live now? What does she want to do in the future?

br

Who was he?

An American scientist

id

What did he do?

ge

In 1958, he made a video game called “Tennis for Two.” It was the first video game in the world, and people waited in line all day to play it.

U

His life

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

He was born in 1910, and he grew up in Caledonia, New York. When he was 18, he went to college, and four years later he studied at Cornell University.

When he was 39, he got married and moved to Bellport, New York, where he worked at a science lab. William wanted to make a fun game for people to play at his science lab, so he made “Tennis for Two,” and he showed it during Visitor Day. It was a big success – but he didn’t make any money from it!

b

Listen again and answer the questions you checked in 3a.

c

11.07 Complete the sentences from the conversation with the words in the box. Listen and check.

11.06

he

e Sound and spelling Numbers

him she

her

’s a Russian cosmonaut. Do you know about ? 2 She married a cosmonaut. She met in 1963. was in the same space program.

1

1

11.02 Listen to the words. thirty  thirteen

In each word ...

a Underline the main stress. Is it in the first part of the word or the second part? b Does the letter t sound like /t/ or more like /d/? 2

1 We use he and she before / after a verb. 2 We use him and her before / after a verb or preposition.

11.03 Listen to eight numbers. Write the number

Work with a partner. Student A: Say one of the numbers in the box. Then switch roles.

4 SPEAKING

a Write four or five events in your life and the years.

b

Work in pairs. Read your partner’s sentences and ask some questions.

t

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 11A on p. 154.

en

2005–2019 – I lived in Panama City. 2019 – I started college.

14 40 18 80 16 60 15 50 13 30

f

Now go to Grammar Focus 11A on p. 132.

sm

Student B: Point to the number.

e

s se

you hear. 3

d Underline the correct words to complete the rules.

Where did you …? When did you …? Why did you …?

c

Tell the class two things about your partner’s life.

89


11B

SHE CAN PULL A PLANE

Learn to talk about things you know how to do G can for ability V Abilities

1 READING

2 GRAMMAR can: affirmative and negative

a

a Complete the chart. Check your answers in the text. Affirmative I can You can He/She

Negative

br

1 be cold for a long time 2 swim underwater 3 pull or carry big objects

id

m

Ca

Look at 1–3 below. What’s difficult for you to do? Why / Why not?

b Read Amazing Humans. Are the amazing humans real

I can’t You can’t He/She

ge

or not?

c Read Amazing Humans again. Answer the questions.

d

We can They

swim underwater.

make ice.

We can’t They

make ice.

b Underline examples of can/can’t in Amazing Humans. What is after can/can’t, a noun or a verb?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1 How long can Wim Hof stay in a cold bath? 2 How long can the Bajau Laut people stay underwater? 3 How does Seema Bhadoria pull things?

swim underwater.

Which real person/people in Amazing Humans can do something useful?

c

Now go to Grammar Focus 11B Part 1 on p. 134.

AMAZING

HUMANS

Do you sometimes do things that are different and interesting? Do you make videos of these things? Maybe you’re not Superman or Superwoman, but you can do something amazing. Here are some stories about people who can do amazing things!

THE ICEMAN

Wim Hof is from the Netherlands, and he’s often called “The Iceman.” He can’t make ice, but he can sit in a bath of ice for one hour, 52 minutes, and two seconds. He doesn’t feel cold. In 2009, he ran more than 40 kilometers in −20°C wearing only shorts!

s se

THE FISHMEN

t

en

sm

The Bajau Laut people in Southeast Asia can swim underwater for a long time. Sometimes they can go underwater for more than five minutes. They can also see very well in the water – it helps them to see the fish!

THE STRONG WOMAN Seema Bhadoria is an amazing young woman from India – she can pull really big objects with only her teeth. When she was only 18 years old, she pulled a plane with her teeth! She can also pull a ship or a big truck.

90


UNIT 11 3 VOCABULARY Abilities

5 GRAMMAR can: questions

a Match the verbs in the box with pictures a–d.

a

cook

sing

swim

paint

a

1 CLAIRE And ANDY Yes, 2 CLAIRE ANDY No,

b

m

Ca c

b

Now go to Grammar Focus 11B Part 2 on p. 134.

c

11.15 Pronunciation Listen to the sentences. Check (✓) when can/can’t is stressed.

id

1 2

ge

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 11B on p. 155.

d

Language Plus (very / pretty) well

3 4

Can you sing? Yes, I can.

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Can is / isn’t stressed in affirmative sentences and questions. Can is / isn’t stressed in negative sentences and short answers.

Talk about people you know and what they can or can’t do.

e

4 LISTENING

a Read the job description. Does the school want someone who can do one thing or a lot of things?

JOB ALERT

f

Practice the conversation in 5e with a partner.

6 SPEAKING

a

Listen again. What can Andy do? Complete sentences 1–4 with the words and phrases in the box. 11.12

teach ride a horse play the guitar sing 3 He can’t 4 He can’t

dance

Can you play tennis?

No, I can’t play tennis at all.

c very well. at all.

t

c

Work with a new partner. Ask and answer your questions in 6a.

en

Listen to Claire, the principal at the school, talk to Andy. Is he a good person for the job? 11.12

sm

• language • music / art

b b

Work in pairs. Write one question with can for each topic. Can you play tennis? • sports Can you make a cake? • food

s se

We want people who can do a lot of different things – sing, dance, play the guitar, draw, ride a horse, but we also want good teachers! If you’re interested, please send us an email or give us a call …

very well.

Andy play the guitar? . he ride a horse? ride a horse very well. he teach? No, he teach at all.

Yes, he And Yes, he

CLOSE

We need people to work at our summer school in Chapel Hill.

and

11.16 Complete the conversation with the correct form of can. Listen and check.

A B A B A B

My brother can’t dance very well.

1 He can pretty well. 2 He can

I can sing pretty well. I can’t dance very well.

Practice saying the sentences. Underline the correct words to complete the rules.

I can swim very well. = I’m very good. I can swim well. = I’m good. I can swim pretty well. = I’m OK. I can’t swim at all. = It’s impossible for me.

c

sing? . dance well? .

d

br b

11.13 Complete the conversations. Listen and check your answers.

Work with your first partner again. Tell them about your second partner. Lola can speak Portuguese pretty well, but she can’t speak Italian.

91


11C

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Consonant clusters

What do you think?

W An email to a friend

1 LISTENING a

Learn to write an email with travel advice to talk about opinions W LearnParagraph writing

a

Ca

Ask and answer the questions.

Leah

Carter

m

1 What’s your favorite restaurant in your town or city? 2 What food do you usually eat there?

Look at pictures a–c. What do you think happens in the story, idea 1 or 2?

br

b

ge

id

1 Leah and Carter are brother and sister. They’re at a restaurant. Their mom calls and invites them for dinner. They leave the restaurant and go to her house. 2 Carter and Leah are brother and sister. They’re at a restaurant. They talk about what restaurants their mom would like. They can’t decide what restaurant to take her to.

U

d

11.17

Listen again. Read the sentences. Write Leah (L), Carter (C), or both (B). Who … ? 11.17

1 2 3 4 5 6

e

b

Listen. Check your answer in 1b.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

loves Indian food talked to their mom on the phone wants to visit their mom next weekend wants to take their mom to an Indian restaurant doesn’t think an Italian restaurant is a good idea for their mom is hungry

Are there any interesting places to visit in/near your town or city?

2 USEFUL LANGUAGE Talking about opinions a Look at the expressions. Do we use them to ... ?

11.18

1 2 3 4 5

A YOU A YOU A YOU A YOU

Listen and check your

Pronunciation Listen to sentences 1–8 in 2a again. Underline the words with the most stress. Listen again and repeat. 11.18

f 92

visit her / we can go / next weekend . you think / what do / new restaurant / of the ? you’re / I think / right . so / think / I don’t . idea / good / that’s / a .

e Complete the conversation with your ideas.

answers.

b

Put the words in the correct order to make expressions. Listen and check. 11.20

What do you think of English? Yes, maybe you’re right. What about the grammar? Really? I don’t think so. I think your language is very hard. Well, all languages are a little hard.

Practice the conversation in 2e with a partner. Take turns being A.

t

Where’s a good place to take Mom? No, that’s not my favorite. Maybe you’re right. I don’t think the Italian place is a good idea. It looks good. How about that new restaurant near here? I think you’re right. What do you think?

d

3 What about the Italian restaurant near you? 4 I’m not so sure.

en

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Me, too. 2 What’s good here?

sm

ask for an opinion give an opinion have the same opinion have a different opinion

11.19 Look at expressions 1–4. Are they in group a, b, c, or d in 2a? Listen and check.

s se

a b c d

c


UNIT 11 5 WRITING

c

a Read Leah’s email to an old friend. What does she like about her life in Ann Arbor?

Ca

Ann Arbor

ge

id

br

m

Hi Hailey, Thanks for your email – it was really good to hear from you. Things here at school are going well. Ann Arbor is a great city, and there are a lot of things I can do. I’m making some new friends in my classes. I study with a girl named Megan. She’s from Ann Arbor, and she’s really nice. She and her boyfriend, Chris, helped me a lot when I arrived. I often see them at the library. I also know my brother, of course! He’s really busy with school and work, but we sometimes meet for coffee or dinner. It’s good to have him in the same city. My apartment is pretty small, but it’s comfortable. I live with three other girls, but we have a good time. It’s near my classes, so I can walk to class every day. I like that! I miss my friends from home. How are things at school for you? Write again soon. Love, Leah

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 3 PRONUNCIATION Consonant

clusters

a

b

b

1 /t/ right  2 /ŋk/ think  3 /st/ tourist

c Write an email to a friend. Tell them about your life

Listen and match the letters in bold in 1–6 with a–f. 11.22

1 ask 2 dance

3 find 4 difficult

5 restaurant 6 six

a /nt/ b /lt/

c /sk/ d /ks/

e /nd/ f /ns/

Practice saying the words.

Now go to Writing Plus 11C on p. 163 for Pronouns.

now. Here are some ideas:

• Say hi and thank the person for his/her email. (Hi … Thanks … ) • Write about your life – your job or studies. (I’m working/studying … ) • Write about family and/or friends. (My parents are well … I see my friend Luisa every … ) • Say goodbye and ask the person to write to you. (Goodbye for now … Love / See you soon … )

s se

c

Listen to the words. Notice how the letters in bold are pronounced. Listen again and repeat. 11.21

4 SPEAKING

about their life?

en

sm

d Read another student’s email. What’s interesting

t

Communication 11C Student A go to p. 113. Student B go to p. 114.

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

93


UNIT 11

b Complete the verb phrases with the words in the box.

Review

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Complete the sentences with the correct pronoun. I like Rob, but I don’t think he likes . Those shoes are beautiful. Can I buy , please? Sarah’s a good friend. I met at college. My husband and I live in the city, but my parents live in a small town. They sometimes visit on weekends. 5 They had a baby boy, and they named Antonio. 6 Happy birthday! I got a present! 7 Your car is dirty. You need to clean .

basketball a motorcycle

play

cards, 1

sing

2

paint

a picture, 3

ride

a horse, 4

drive

a car, 5

cook

6

songs

to work

walls

, volleyball

, a bike

ge

id

br

m

1 2 3 4

dinner

U

b Look at the chart. Then complete the conversation with the words and phrases in the box.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

dance Beto

✗

Melanie

✓

play tennis

ride a horse

✓✓

✓

✗

✓✓

c

can (x4) can’t can she he can’t I can she can A 1 B No, 2 A B A B

c

can you

Beto dance? . But he 3 play tennis very well, and he 4 ride a horse. What about Melanie? 5 ride a horse? Yes, 6 . She can ride a horse very well, and she 7 dance, but she 8 play tennis. What about you? 9 play tennis? Yes, 10 .

Ask a partner about the activities in 1b. Use Can you … ?

2 VOCABULARY phrases in the box.

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

a

11.23 Underline the main stress in these words. Practice saying the words.

thirteen nineteen fifteen twenty sixty fourteen forty seventy ninety thirty eighteen eighty

b

11.24 Are the sounds in bold the same (S) or different (D)? Practice saying the words.

1 six – thanks 2 dance – answer 3 right – white

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … talk about people’s lives talk about things I know how to do

94

talk about opinions

t

en

in England, but My parents met in London, and I 1 my family came here to Michigan when I was three. I 2 here, and I don’t remember anything about England. I 3 when I was eighteen. I got a job at a hotel, but it wasn’t very interesting. Then I 4 in Atlanta. I studied engineering, and I met Daniela – she’s now my wife! Daniela and I 5 five years ago. We both got good jobs in Atlanta, but then my father 6 , so we came back here to Michigan to be near my mom. We 7 last year. Life is good!

sm

have a baby boy finish school be born go to college die grow up get married

4 tourist – danced 5 ask – school 6 sing – sang

s se

a Complete the text with the correct form of the verb

Which of the things in 2b do you do every day? Which do you sometimes do? Which do you never do?


CAN DO OBJECTIVES ■ Talk about future plans ■ Ask and answer about future plans ■ Make and accept invitations

ge

id

br

m

Ca As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

12

t

en

sm

s se

PLANS

UNIT

GETTING STARTED a

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1 Do you think this family is going to … ? • go on a long or short vacation • go somewhere near or far • go somewhere hot or cold • go by car or drive to the airport Why?

2 What did the man do … ? • the day before the trip • the morning of the trip • a month before the trip 3 What do you think this family is going to do on the trip? Why?

b

Talk about the questions. 1 When you go on vacation, do you pack too much or not enough? 2 What do you sometimes forget to take when you go on vacation?

95 95


Learn to talk about future plans

12A

I’M GOING TO TAKE A LONG HOT BATH

Ca

Talk about everyday objects and activities that are important to you. Think about:

br

m

• food and drink (my morning coffee …) • your things (my sofa …) • things you do (listen to music …)

Every day I play video games – I really like them.

id

b Read about Danger Zone. Is it about … ? 1 a fun vacation

2 a dangerous competition

ge

c Read about the TV show again. Answer the questions.

Read the people’s ideas for after the TV show. Which is the best idea? Tell a partner.

2 GRAMMAR be going to: affirmative a

12.01 Complete Mason’s sentences with the words in the box. Listen and check.

to

are

going

We use be + going to to talk about now / the future.

c

12.01 Pronunciation Listen to the sentences in 2a again. Notice the sentence stress and the pronunciation of going to. Answer the questions.

1 Do we stress going, the main verb, or both? 2 Can we hear the words going to clearly?

Practice saying the sentences.

d Now go to Grammar Focus 12A Part 1 on p. 134.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1 Where do people on the TV show go? 2 Do they have an easy time? Why / Why not? 3 What do the two best people get?

d

V   Months and future time expressions; Ordinal numbers

b Underline the correct answer in the rule.

1 READING a

G be going to: affirmative and negative

e Write three sentences about something

you’re going to do after class. After class, I’m going to meet my friend Diego.

f Tell other students your sentences in 2e. I’m going to study in the Learning Center. What about you?

I’m going to get some coffee.

to sleep for a long time. 1 I’m 2 Abby’s going take a long hot bath. 3 Santiago and Manuela going to have their favorite food and drink.

DANGER ZONE

DANGER ZONE

sm

It starts on Channel Six next Tuesday at 8:30 p.m.

s se

In this exciting new TV show, ten people go and live in the mountains for ten days. Every day they do something difficult and sometimes dangerous. It’s usually cold and wet, and they don’t have a lot of food. They need to stay safe and comfortable (if possible!), but it’s not easy. The two people who do the best win a prize of $25,000!

It’s Day 5 on Danger Zone, and everyone is thinking about the first thing they’re going to do after the show ends.

en

SANTIAGO

I’m going to eat a big burger and fries.

t

ABBY

I’m going to take a long hot bath. MASON

I’m going to sleep for a long time. MANUELA

I’m going to have a big cup of coffee.

96


UNIT 12 3 VOCABULARY Months and future time expressions; Ordinal numbers a It’s Monday morning. Put time expressions 1–6 in the correct place on the timeline. 1 tonight   2   tomorrow   3   this Wednesday   4   on Friday   5   on the weekend   6   next Monday

MONDAY

TUESDAY

WEDNESDAY

THURSDAY

FRIDAY

SATURDAY

SUNDAY

MONDAY

a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m. a.m. p.m.

Ca

c

m

Language Plus The date What’s the date today? It’s August fifth. When’s your birthday? It’s on March twentieth. Note: With dates we use ordinal numbers: first, second, third, fourth …

1 When’s your next English class? 2 When’s your next English test? 3 When’s your birthday?

id

br

ge

b

12.06

5 GRAMMAR be going to: negative

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

12.06 Listen to Paola (P), Azra (A), and Gabe (G) talk about their vacation plans this summer. Match them with pictures a–c.

b

Listen again. Are the sentences true or false?

1 Paola often goes to a cooking school for vacation. 2 The trip to Italy is a different kind of vacation for Azra. 3 Gabe doesn’t want to make money on the farm.

c

It’s on November fifteenth.

Now go to Vocabulary Focus 12A on p. 156.

4 LISTENING a

Ask and answer the questions with a partner. Use time expressions in your answers.

a

Listen and complete the sentences.

1 PAOLA I 2 AZRA We

b c

d

going going

have a normal vacation. do that this year.

Now go to Grammar Focus 12A Part 2 on p. 134.

12.09

Complete the conversations. Listen and

check.

1 A B A 2 C D C

Which vacation plan do you like? Which don’t you like? Why? a

12.07

After class, I’ not to do my homework. Why not? I’m tired. I’m going do it tomorrow. After class, I’ not to go home. Why not? I’m going meet friends at a café.

Practice the conversations in 5c. Use your own ideas to have similar conversations.

6 SPEAKING

a Write two things you’re going to do on your next • places • things to buy

b

• activities • sports

s se

vacation. Think about:

• places to stay • people

going to do on your vacation.

Talk to other students about your ideas in 6a and 6b. Do you all have the same ideas?

t

c

en

• things you do at school / work • things you do at home

sm

b Write two things from your everyday life you aren’t

I’m going to go to the beach. c I’m not going to read work emails.

97


12B

Learn to ask and answer about future plans

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO THIS WEEKEND?

G be going to: questions V Common verbs and collocations

ONLY 4,000 WEEKENDS IN YOUR LIFE!

Ca

So, What Are You Going To Do With Them?

d

id

br

m

What’s your answer to this question? Perhaps it’s “I don’t know” or “Not a lot.” In her new book, What the Most Successful People Do on the Weekend, Laura Vanderkam says these are bad answers. She says the weekend is a time to relax, but also a time to do interesting things. With only 4,000 weekends in our life, each one is important. So don’t just sit on the sofa and watch TV. It’s a good idea to plan the weekend – then you can use the time well. Here are some of her ideas:

ge

1  Plan three to five activities to do on the weekend and write them down. Be sure you do these things. 2 Plan to read a book. Buy a book for the weekend and then plan a time to read it. 3  Write a list of 100 “big” things you’d like to do in your life. Choose one to do this weekend.

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

4  Get up early. Between 6:00 and 8:00 in the morning is the best time to do things. Plan to wake up early and do something before breakfast!

5  Turn off your phone and don’t use your computer. You can read your emails on Monday. On Sunday evening, go for a run, play some music, or do yoga so you relax and don’t think about work.

e

6  Don’t clean your house or apartment on the weekend. It’s a time to do things you like! a

1 READING a

c

b

Talk about sentences 1–3 in small groups. Which are true for you?

b Read about Laura Vanderkam’s new book. Which sentence in 1a is her main idea?

Look at pictures a–e. Which does Laura say are good things to do on the weekend? Which aren’t good?

e

What do you think of Laura’s ideas? Which do you like? Which don’t you like? Why / Why not? Great ideas! I’d like to try them. That’s not my idea of a good weekend.

98

Interesting ideas, but …

SUN DAY

10:00 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00

Sit in the park and read my new book. Play basketball with friends.

Rachel’s weekend to-do list

This weekend I’m going to: 1 go for a long run (10 km or more!). 2 invite some friends for din ner. 3 take my first tennis lesson.

t

weekend. Match them with ideas 1–3 in the text.

DA VID ’S SC HE DU LE

en

d Look at Wendy’s, David’s, and Rachel’s plans for the

as

sm

c

I’d like to … - make a chee secake - visit Paris - paint my room - learn Chines e - read a book by Stephen King - start a blog - go skydiving

s se

1 Weekends are too short, and we don’t have many of them. 2 It’s not a good idea to do a lot on the weekend. 3 It’s important to use the time well on the weekend.

Wendy’s big id e


UNIT 12 2 VOCABULARY Common verbs and collocations a

12.10 Match the verbs in the box with the words and phrases in 1–8. Listen and check.

paint

use

make

invite visit

go

do

play

laundry / your homework someone to a party a friend a list / lunch a picture / a wall your apartment / your windows your phone / the Internet for a walk / shopping / to a museum sports

I always … I often … I sometimes … I never …

e Sound and spelling /v/ and /w/ 12.12 Listen and practice these sounds.

1

1 /v/ visit   2 /w/ weekend 12.13 Listen to these words and practice saying

2

id

them. invite

ge

b Find examples of each verb on page 98. Add them to 1–9 in 2a.

Tell a partner which activities in 2a and 2b you do on the weekend.

d Now go to Vocabulary Focus 12B on p. 157.

br

m

Ca

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

clean

c

verb

watch with

evening

well

never

U

a

12.14

Listen to Lee and Marcus talk to a friend about their weekend plans. Write their names on the line.

NO PLAN

b

12.14 Listen again. Check (✓) the things you know after listening to the conversations.

1 2 3 4 5

c

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

3 LISTENING AND GRAMMAR be going to: questions

the name of the movie Lee’s going to see Lee’s plans for Sunday Marcus’s shopping plans the name of the restaurant Marcus is going to go to Marcus’s plans for Sunday

Check (✓) the correct questions in 1–2. Listen and check. 12.15

1 a b 2 a b

What are you going to do on Saturday? What you are going to do on Saturday? You going to go shopping? Are you going to go shopping?

e

12.18 Put the words in the correct order to make questions. Listen and check.

• this evening • on your next birthday

• the weekend

b

Ask your partner your questions in 4a. Listen to the answers and write your partner’s name on the line in 3a.

c

Compare your line with other students. Who has clear plans for the future?

t

f

what / you / this weekend / do / going to / are ? go out / you / are / going to ? what / going to / movie / see / are / you ? you / are / buy / going to / what ? go / going to / where / you / are ?

Use the ideas below and be going to.

en

1 2 3 4 5

a Write questions to ask your partner about their plans.

sm

Now go to Grammar Focus 12B on p. 134.

4 SPEAKING

s se

d

CLEAR PLAN

Have two conversations with a partner. 1 Student A: You’re Lee. Student B: Ask questions 1, 2, and 3 in 3e. 2 Student B: You’re Marcus. Student A: Ask questions 1, 4, and 5 in 3e.

99


12C

Learn to write an email with travel advice to make and accept invitations W LearnParagraph writing

EVERYDAY ENGLISH

P Sound and spelling: oo

Do you want to watch the game?

W An invitation

1 LISTENING

a

Ca

a You invite friends to your house. Which of these things

Ryan

do you do? Write Yes, No, or Sometimes.

• cook with your friends • listen to music • watch a show or movie

br

m

• make special food • do homework • play video games

b

Carlos

id

Talk about your ideas in 1a with a partner.

ge

c Look at pictures a and b. What do you think Ryan invites Carlos to do?

Listen to Part 1. Check your answer in 1c.

12.19

Listen to Part 1 again. Underline the correct

answer.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

e

12.19

U

d

b

1 Carlos invites Ryan to the movies / watch a football game. 2 Ryan has / doesn’t have plans for tonight. 3 Carlos accepts / doesn’t accept Ryan’s invitation.

2 USEFUL LANGUAGE Making and

accepting invitations

a Look at the expressions. Do we use them to ... ? a make an invitation b accept an invitation 1 2 3 4 5 6

Do you want to go see a movie? I’d like to, but … OK, sure. That sounds like fun. Are you free tonight? Sorry. Next time! Great. See you then! 12.20

3 LISTENING

a

Listen and check your answers.

want

OK free

busy

12.22

answers. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Listen to Part 2 again. Check (✓) the correct

Carlos meets Ryan’s friends for the first time. Carlos knows Ryan’s friends from before. The football game is going to start soon. The football game started before Carlos arrived. Carlos doesn’t understand football. Carlos understands football.

d Why was Carlos confused about the football game?

t

100

Practice the conversation in 2b with a partner.

c

en

to go to dinner? Do you 1 Yes, I’d 2 to. 3 you. 4 Are you on Saturday? No, 5 , I’m 6 on Saturday. But 7 Sunday’s . A OK, we can go on Sunday.

Listen to Part 2. Answer the questions.

sm

thank love

12.22

1 Where do they watch the game? 2 When did Carlos move there?

Complete the conversation with the words in the box. Listen and check.

A B A B

c

b

12.21

sorry

Do you often meet people from other countries? Where do you meet them?

s se

b

c say no to an invitation


UNIT 12 4 PRONUNCIATION Sound and

spelling: oo

a

Birthday on Saturday

Hi guys, It’s my birthday on Saturday. Do you want to come to my party? It’s at my apartment at 2:00. We’re going to watch my favorite soccer team play on TV at 3:00. I hope to see you then! Carlos

Listen to these sentences. Notice the different oo sounds. 12.23

Ca

1 Good – now you’re both here. 2 I’ll bring the food.

b

m

12.24 Listen to these words. Put them in the correct place in the chart.

br

cool cook spoon look book soon football

id

RE: Birthday on Saturday

Sound 1 /ʊ/

food

Practice saying the words in 2b with a partner.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

5 SPEAKING

U

c

ge

good

Hi Carlos, Thanks for the invitation! Sorry, but I’m working until 4:00 on Saturday. I can come late at 4:30. Is that OK with you? Maybe I can still see part of the soccer game! Ryan

Sound 2 /u/

RE: Birthday on Saturday

Communication 12C Student A go to p. 110. Student B go to p. 115.

Hi Carlos, I’d love to come, but I’m at my parents’ house until Sunday. Do you want to watch a game next week? I’m free after 2:00. Soccer or football sounds good to me! Hope you have a great time! Steve

RE: Birthday on Saturday

Hi Carlos, Thanks for the invitation. Adriana and I can come! What can we bring? We can make some cookies if you’d like! See you Saturday! Hayley

s se

b

Now go to Writing Plus 12C on p. 163 for Paragraphs.

sm

c You want to meet a friend. Think of a place and time. Write an invitation. Here are some ideas:

invitations and the replies. Do they say yes or no? Why?

d Read another student’s invitation. Write a reply.

t

a Carlos wrote invitations to his new friends. Read the

We could … Is that OK with you?

en

6 WRITING

Do you want to … ? I’m free at … See you …

UNIT PROGRESS TEST CHECK YOUR PROGRESS YOU CAN NOW DO THE UNIT PROGRESS TEST.

101


UNIT 12

b Complete the ordinal numbers.

Review

1 GRAMMAR

Ca

a Complete Emily’s email with be going to and the

clean

br

ge

id

I have so many plans for this week! This afternoon I 1 (study), and then I 2 (work) from Tuesday to Thursday. On Wednesday evening, (cook) for my parents, and then on I3 (cook) dinner Thursday evening, Marco 4 for me!

U

It’s a busy week for me! So I 9 (not / do) any work or housework this weekend, and we 10 (not / go) to a lot of different places! I hope that’s OK.

d

No, she’s not.

a

“You are going to watch TV this evening?” “No, I’m not.” Are your mom going to cook your dinner this evening? “Are you going to clean your bedroom?” “Yes, I’m going.” What do you going to wear tomorrow? “Are your friends going to visit you today?” “Yes, they’re.” What you going to do next summer?

Ask and answer the questions in 1b. Use be going to.

make

use

go

Ask and answer the questions in 2c.

12.25 Circle the /v/ sounds in the phrases and underline the /w/ sounds. Practice saying the phrases and sentences.

1 2 3 4 5 6

b

visit in the evening We never invite Wendy. I love weekends in the winter. win video games every week watch TV with Valeria and William on Wednesday, November twelfth

Complete the chart with the words in the box. Practice saying the words. 12.26

good book football boots cool look school soon

/ʊ/ 5 6 7 8

next / at weekend on / in Sunday in / on three weeks this / at afternoon

spoon

REVIEW YOUR PROGRESS How well did you do in this unit? Write 3, 2, or 1 for each objective. 3 = very well 2 = well 1 = not so well

I CAN … talk about future plans ask and answer about future plans

102

make and accept invitations

t

tomorrow / on tomorrow this / in / next / on Friday on / in the weekend on / this / in / next June

cooking

/u/

en

a Cross out the answers that are NOT possible.

sm

2 VOCABULARY 1 2 3 4

invite

s se

c

play

3 SOUND AND SPELLING

> “Is your friend going to have lunch with us?” “No, she not.” 1 2 3 4 5 6

h

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

(not / work) on Friday morning I5 (arrive) at lunchtime! because you 6 (have) a party on Friday evening. James 7 (not / invite) a Do you want to go? He 8 lot of people.

b Correct the sentences.

t

1 Do you often to museums? 2 Are you going to a cake this weekend? 3 Did you any sports yesterday? 4 Are you going to your bedroom today? 5 Do you your computer every day? 6 Are you going to someone for lunch next week?

Hi Mia,

Emily

h

c Complete the questions with the words in the box.

m

verbs in parentheses.

See you on Friday!

s i x t h s d t t y-f t d f n h

> 6th 1 2nd 2 30th 3 21st 4 3rd 5 15th 6 9th


Phonemic symbols Vowel sounds /ə/ breakfast

/æ/ man

/ʊ/ put

/ɪ/ chip

/ɑ/ got

/i/ happy

/e/ men

/ʌ/ up

/ɜ/ shirt

/u/ who

/ɔ/ walk

Ca

Diphthongs (two vowel sounds) /ɪə/ near

/ɔɪ/ boy

/ɑɪ/ nine

/eɪ/ eight

/oʊ/ window

/ɑʊ/ now

/f/ face /tʃ/ chair /ŋ/ sing

/v/ very /dʒ/ job /h/ hot

/t/ time /s/ sea /l/ late

/d/ dog /z/ zoo /r/ red

/k/ cold /ʃ/ shoe /w/ went

br

m

/eə/ hair

Consonants

id /b/ book /ð/ the /n/ now

ge

/g/ go /ʒ/ television /j/ yes

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

/p/ picnic /θ/ think /m/ me

Irregular verbs

Infinitive

Simple past

meet

met

began

pay

paid

bought

put

put

caught

read

read

chose

ride

rode

came

run

ran

did

say

said

drank

see

saw

drove

sell

sold

ate

send

sent

felt

sing

sang

found

sit

sat

flew

sleep

slept

forgot

speak

spoke

got

swim

swam

give

gave

take

took

go

went

teach

taught

grow up

grew up

tell

told

have

had

think

thought

hear

heard

understand

understood

know

knew

wake up

woke up

leave

left

wear

wore

lose

lost

write

wrote

begin buy catch choose come do drink drive eat feel find fly forget get

t

en

sm

s se

Simple past

was

Infinitive be

103


COMMUNICATION PLUS 2A STUDENT A

a You’re Yoshi from Japan. You’re a student. Complete

a Read the information about Kate.

Ca

1A STUDENT A the conversation.

Name: Kate Town/city: Beaverton – small city near Portland, Oregon, in the U.S. Home: beautiful, old house

Hello, I’m . Hi, I’m Bella. Nice to meet you. Are you from the U.K.? No, I’m not. I’m from the U.S. And you? I’m from . Are you a teacher? No, I’m a . And you? I’m a teacher.

br

m

A B A B A B A B

id

b Tell Students B and C about Kate.

ge

Her name’s … She’s from …

b Have a conversation with Student B.

U

Her home is …

conversation.

1B STUDENT A

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c Choose a name and a country and have another

c Listen to Students B and C talk about two people. What information is the same about all three people?

2B STUDENT A

a Look at the picture. Student B has a similar picture.

Jenna

Ask and answer questions to find seven differences.

Diego

Sandra

Jenna = British Diego = Ecuadorian  Sandra = Italian

cover the box.

b Tell Student B the names of the people and answer Student B’s questions.

This is …

c Listen to Student B talk about the people in the

Are they Spanish?

104

No, they’re not. They’re Brazilian.

I have two phones.

b

Now go back to p. 19.

t

picture. Then ask Student B about the nationalities of the people.

en

Do you have a phone in your picture?

sm

s se

a Look at the picture and the information box. Then


Communication Plus 4C STUDENT A

2C STUDENT A

a Look at the pictures. The two people are your friends.

a Ask Student B about his/her:

You want to show the pictures to Student B. Think about what you want to say.

• last name • address

• phone number • email address What’s your last name?

Ca

b Read the information on your card. Answer Student B’s

m

questions.

Rob, teacher, interesting

Carla, hotel manager, happy

br

Last name: Ramirez

b Cover the information under

ge

id

c Ask Student B about

Do you have photos of your friends?

a Read the information. •  You live in Montreal, Canada, but you work three days a week in Essex, Vermont, in the U.S. •  You work two days a week from home. •  You study French and you go to class on Friday.

a Ask Student B the time in these cities: • Paris • Rio de Janeiro

these cities.

12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 2

12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 2

9 9 9 9

9 9 9 9

3 3 3 3

8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6

Tokyo

Use the questions below to help you.

c

3 3 3 3

8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6

New York

Mexico City

Berlin

Now go back to p. 27.

4B STUDENT A

a Read the information about Omar on your card.

s se

Do you work in …?

“I’m a student. I’m 19, and I study English at Cairo University, in Egypt. I live at home with my parents. My mother is a teacher, and my father works at the Bank of Cairo. He’s a bank manager. I have one brother. He’s married, and he lives in Dubai. He works at Dubai Airport.”

Do you speak …?

I speak a little …

b Tell Student B about

He’s a student. He studies English …

t

Omar .

en

sm

c Listen to Student B and reply. I live in …

• Beijing • Los Angeles

b Answer Student B’s questions about the time in

b Start a conversation with Student B about their life. Where do you live?

Now go back to p. 20.

3B STUDENT A

Now go back to p. 37.

4A STUDENT A

c

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

d

Phone number: (714) 555-4321 Email address: toniramirez@travelmail.com

U

his/her two friends.

Address: 5 High Street

These are my friends Rob and Carla.

the pictures. Show them to Student B and talk about your friends.

c Listen to Student B talk about Monica. Find six

things that are the same about Omar and Monica. 1 They’re both students.

d

Now go back to p. 35.

105


1A STUDENT B

2A STUDENT B

a You’re Bella from the U.S. You’re a teacher.

a Read the information about Carla.

Complete the conversation.

Name: Carla Town/city: Hamilton – small city near Toronto, in Canada Home: nice, new apartment

Hello, I’m Yoshi. Hi, I’m . Nice to meet you. Are you from England? No, I’m not. I’m from . And you? I’m from Japan. Are you a ? No, I’m a student. And you? I’m a .

b Listen to Student A.

Ca

A B A B A B A B

c Tell Students A and C about Carla.

m

br

Her name’s … She’s from …

b Have a conversation with Student A.

id

Her home is …

c Choose a name and a country and have another

ge

conversation.

same about all three people?

U

1B STUDENT B

d Listen to Student C talk. What information is the

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

2B STUDENT B

a Look at the picture. Student A has a similar picture. Ask and answer questions to find seven differences.

Sara

Luis and Marta

Tony

Sara = Spanish Luis and Marta = Brazilian Tony = American

a Look at the picture and the information in the box. Then cover the box.

b Listen to Student A talk about the people in the

Is he British?

Do you have keys in your picture?

No, he’s not. He’s American.

c Tell Student A the names of the people This is …

5C STUDENT B

a Conversation 1. You’re on a street you know. Use the information to answer Student A’s questions. a hotel: not near here – near the train station cafés: Black Cat Café on this street

b Conversation 2. Now you’re on a street you don’t know. Ask Student A about: • a bank • stores

c 106

Now go back to p. 45.

t

en

and answer Student A’s questions.

Now go back to p. 19.

I have one key.

sm

b

s se

picture. Then ask Student A about the nationalities of the people.


Communication Plus   5B STUDENT B

3B STUDENT B

a Read the information about a hotel on your card.

a Answer Student A’s questions about the time in these cities.

Hotel Helena

12

6

Paris

8 7

6

6

44 4 848 8 5 7 76 76 5 6 5

5

Rio de Janeiro

br

• Tokyo • New York

id

b Student A has information about a hostel. Ask and

ge

answer questions to find what things are the same and what things are different in the hotel and the hostel.

Beijing

Los Angeles

c

• Mexico City • Berlin

Now go back to p. 27.

6B STUDENT B a Peter and Gamal live

Yes, there is.

in the same apartment. Read about Peter’s daily routine.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Is there free Wi-Fi in the hostel?

a Look at the information about Sarah and Hassan. Make affirmative (+) and negative (–) sentences. – work in the morning – sit a lot

Sarah

+ meet a lot of people + like his job ➔ a taxi driver

9

b Ask Student A the time in these cities:

Note: There isn’t free Wi-Fi in the hotel. You pay for it.

+ meet a lot of people + work in a restaurant ➔ a server

1211 12112 11 11 1 1 22 2 102 10 10 33 3 9 93 9

11 12 1 10

8 8 4 4 8 48 4 7 7 6 5 7 5 7 65 5

m

Ca

• Rooms with showers and TVs • Restaurant • Swimming pool • Parking

6A STUDENT B

12

11 1 111 11 12 1 1 11 12 2 2 10 2 10 2 10 10 9 9 3 3 3 9 93

Peter works at a bank. He always wakes up at 6:30. He gets up at 7:00, has coffee, and goes to work. He starts work at 8:30, and he finishes at 5:30. He gets home at 6:00, has dinner, and watches TV. Sometimes he goes out, but he always goes to bed at 10:30.

Peter

b Answer Student A’s questions about Peter.

– work during the day – work very hard

c Ask Student A questions about Gamal. Then write the answers.

Hassan

When does he go to class?

b Ask Student A about Rosa and Franco. Say: Tell me about … . Can you guess their jobs?

What does he do in the afternoon?

Franco

their jobs.

t

en

d When does Peter see Gamal? Sarah meets a lot of people.

• What / do in the evening? • When / start work? • When / finish work? • When / go to bed?

sm

c Tell Student A about Sarah and Hassan. Don’t say

• When / get up? 9:00 • When / go to class? •  What / do in the afternoon? • When / get home?

s se

Rosa

107


4A STUDENT B

2A STUDENT C

a Read the information.

a Read the information about Dave. Name: Dave Town/city: Newcastle – small city near Sydney, in Australia Home: big, new apartment

•  You live in Monterrey, Mexico, but you work four days a week in Austin, Texas, in the U.S. •  You work one day a week from home. •  You study Spanish and you go to class on Saturday.

Ca

b Listen to Students A and B talk about two people. c Tell Students A and B about Dave. What information

br

m

is the same about all three people? His name’s … He’s from …

id

b Listen to Student A and reply.

ge

I live in …

His home is … I speak a little …

2C STUDENT B

U

c Start a conversation with Student A about their life. Where do you live?

a Read the information on your card. Answer Student A’s

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Use the questions below to help you.

questions.

Last name: Adams Address: 8 Park Road Phone number: (714) 555-9876 Email address: alexadams@travelmail.com

Do you work in …?

Do you speak …?

4C STUDENT B

b Ask Student A about his/her: • last name • address

a Look at the pictures. The two people are your friends.

What’s your last name?

You want to show the pictures to Student A. Think about what you want to say.

c

Haley, student, kind

his/her two friends.

108

Now go back to p. 37.

These are my friends Haley and Will.

t

d

Do you have photos of your friends?

en

under the pictures. Show them to Student A and talk about your friends.

Will, bank manager, funny

sm

c Cover the information

Now go back to p. 20.

s se

b Ask Student A about

• phone number • email address


Communication Plus   4B STUDENT B

6B STUDENT A

a Read the information about Monica on your card.

a Gamal and Peter

“I’m Peruvian. I’m 20. I live in Lima, and I study English in college. I live at home with my parents. I have a brother and two sisters. My brother works at the airport. He’s married and he has two children.”

Ca

b Listen to Student A talk about Omar.

m

br

c Tell Student A about Monica. Find six things that are the same about Omar and Monica.

d

1 They’re both students.

ge

id

She’s a student. She studies English …

Now go back to p. 35.

U

Gamal is a student. He usually gets up at 9:00 and has breakfast. Then he goes to class at 10:00. In the afternoon, he studies in the library, and he gets home at 5:00. In the evening, he works in a café near their apartment. He starts work at 7:00 and finishes at 11:00. He goes to bed at 12:00.

b Ask Student B questions about Peter. Then write the

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

5B STUDENT A

live in the same apartment. Read about Gamal’s daily routine.

a Read the information about a hostel on your card.

HARRY’S HOSTEL • Big rooms with no shower • Small rooms with a shower • Free Wi-Fi • A small café

answers.

When does he get up?

What does he do then?

• When / wake up? 6:30 • When / get up? • What / do then? • When / start work?

Note: There isn’t a swimming pool or parking.

• When / finish work? • When / get home? • What / do in the evening? • When / go to bed?

c Answer Student B’s questions about Gamal. d When does Gamal see Peter?

b Student B has information about a hotel. Ask and

answer questions to find what things are the same and what things are different in the hotel and the hostel. Is there a swimming pool in the hotel?

6A STUDENT A

a Look at the information about Rosa and Franco.

Make affirmative (+) and negative (–) sentences.

Yes, there is.

– have a lot of free time – sit a lot

s se

+ work very hard + work at a hospital ➔ a doctor

Rosa

– sit a lot – work in the summer

Franco

b Tell Student B about Rosa and Franco. Don’t say their jobs.

t

en

sm

+ work long hours + like his job ➔ a teacher

Rosa works very hard.

c Ask Student B about

Sarah and Hassan. Say: Tell me about … . Can you guess their jobs?

Sarah

Hassan

109


7B STUDENT A

12C STUDENT A

1

a You want to invite Student B to: 1 go for a walk this weekend. 2 meet for coffee.

m

Ca

Think about what you want to say. Start the conversation with Student B. Try to find times when you’re both free.

br

2

Do you want to go for a walk this weekend?

ge

id

YOUR SCHEDULE

James

Celia

visiting parents 12:00–5:00

THURS

work 8:00–6:00

MON

work 8:00–6:00

FRI

work 8:00–6:00 yoga 7:00–8:30

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Lucía

SUN

TUES

work 8:00–6:00

a Look at picture 1. Write notes about their clothes.

b Tell Student B about the clothes the people in picture 1 are wearing. Find out their names and write them under each picture. This person has a blouse and a skirt. What’s this person’s name?

concert 7:00 p.m.

SAT

WED

b

Now go back to p. 101.

10C STUDENT A

a Conversation 1. Read your first card. Think about what you want to say. Then start the conversation with Student B with Excuse me.

c Listen to Student B talk about the clothes in picture 2. Tell him/her the people’s names.

d

1

Now go back to p. 58.

9A STUDENT B

a Read notes about your trip to Dubai, in the UAE.

Make sentences from the notes. Use the simple past.

You want to go to Chicago. • Time now: 11:15 a.m. • Ask about the next train. • Ask about the platform. • You have a big suitcase – it’s difficult to run.

b Conversation 2. Now read your second card. Think

2

You’re a ticket agent at a bus station. • Time now: 2:45 p.m. Time

Bus stop

Price

Phoenix

3:00 p.m.

4

$16

Phoenix

4:00 p.m.

3

$11

t

en

sm

• in the north of the UAE • plane to Dubai … • didn’t stay in a hotel … •  … my brother’s apartment (he lives in Dubai) • … then taxi around the city • a lot of photos • shopping – a lot of clothes •  restaurants – very good food

s se

about what you want to say. Listen to Student B and reply.

b Listen to Student A talk about a trip to Seville. c Tell Student A about your trip. Find four things you both did on your trips.

110

c

Now go back to p. 85.


Communication Plus 7A STUDENT B

8B STUDENT B

a You have a stall at a flea market. You sell the objects in

a Look at the pictures of Charlotte’s day yesterday.

the box.

Write notes about what she did.

pictures ​clocks ​lamps ​chairs ​old books

Write a price for each object.

Ca

b At Student A’s stall, you see three things you like:

m

• some beautiful plates ​• an interesting plant ​ • a good knife for your kitchen

morning

br

Try to buy them for a good price.

id

They’re expensive. Is $2 OK?

ge

U

c Try to sell things to Student A.

8A STUDENT B

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

They’re $10 each. They’re very old.

afternoon

It’s only $5 – it’s very cheap.

a Answer Student A’s questions about Morgan. 1 year ago in Atlanta, Georgia

last weekend at a party at her home

on Monday in class

b Listen to Student A talk about what Leo did yesterday.

Morgan

b Ask Student C about Marcella. Where was she a year ago?

evening

Where was she last weekend?

c Tell Student A what Charlotte did yesterday. What activities are the same?

9B STUDENT A

a Read the information about the weather in Mumbai, in India. Listen to Student B and reply. Weather in Mumbai

d What is the same for all three people?

hot, sunny

Today

cloudy, warm

Summer

a lot of rain, hot

sm

c Listen to Students A and C talk about Jaime.

Yesterday

s se

Was she at work on Monday?

b Ask Student B these questions about the weather in

7C STUDENT A Student B is your customer. You have six glasses, and they are $2.00 each. Your customer can pay by card. Start a conversation with Hello, can I help you?

What’s the weather like today?

t

What was the weather like yesterday?

a Conversation 1. You’re a sales assistant at a store.

en

Berlin, in Germany.

What’s the weather like in winter?

b Conversation 2. You’re a customer at a store.

Student B is a sales assistant. You want to buy four plates. Ask how much they are.

c

c

Now go back to p. 75.

Now go back to p. 61.

111


10A STUDENT B

7C STUDENT B

1

a Conversation 1. You’re a customer at a store. Student A

2

is a sales assistant. You want to buy four glasses. Ask how much they are. You’d like to pay by card.

b Conversation 2. You’re a sales assistant at a store.

m

Ca

Student A is your customer. You have four plates, and they are $3 each. Your customer can pay by card. Start a conversation with Hello, can I help you?

c

4

br

3

Now go back to p. 61.

id

10C STUDENT B

ge

a Conversation 1. Read your first card. Think about what you want to say. Listen to Student A and reply.

U

1

6

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

5

You’re a ticket agent at a train station. • Time now: 11:15 a.m. • Platform 6 is a two-minute walk. Time

Platform

Chicago

11:17 a.m.

6

Chicago

11:35 a.m.

6

b Conversation 2. Now read your second card.

Think about what you want to say. Then start the conversation with Student A with Excuse me.

a Listen to Student A. Are they talking about picture 1, 2, or 3?

2

b Carlos is in picture 6. Tell Student A:

• where he is (He’s sitting in … ) • what’s in the next room (There’s a … next door.) • what he’s doing (He’s … )

c Listen to Student A again. Which picture are they talking about now?

c

You want to go to Phoenix. • Time now: 2:45 p.m. • Ask about the next bus. • Ask about the bus stop. • Ask about the price. (You only have $15 with you.)

Now go back to p. 85.

d Choose picture 1 or 3. Describe it to Student A.

a Look at the picture. What are the people doing? Write notes.

Raquel

Jacob

en

b Student A has a similar picture.

Ask and answer questions to find five differences. Student A starts.

t

Ali

Is Ali in the kitchen?

Dani

Yes, he is. Is he eating? No, he’s not. He’s …

Aiko Ben

112

c

Now go back to p. 83.

sm

s se

10B STUDENT B


Communication Plus 7A STUDENT A

9B STUDENT B

a You have a stall at a flea market. You sell the objects in

a Ask Student A these questions about the weather

the box.

in Mumbai, in India.

cups ​ glasses ​ plates plants ​ knives

What was the weather like yesterday?

Write a price for each object.

Ca

What’s the weather like today?

b Try to sell things to Student B.

m

It’s only $5 – it’s very cheap.

id

br

They’re $3 each. They’re very beautiful.

c At Student B’s stall, you see three things you like:

ge

• a beautiful old picture ​• a lamp ​ •  some interesting old books

in Germany. Listen to Student A and reply. Weather in Berlin

It’s very expensive. Is $10 OK?

Yesterday

a Ask Student B about Morgan. Where was she a year ago?

wet, windy

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

8A STUDENT A

b Read the information about the weather in Berlin,

U

Try to buy them for a good price.

What’s the weather like in summer?

c

Where was she last weekend?

Today

sunny, cold

Winter

snows, cold

Now go back to p. 75.

8B STUDENT A

a Look at the pictures of Leo’s day yesterday. Write notes

Was she at work on Monday?

about what he did.

b Listen to Students B and C talk about Marcella. c Answer Student C’s questions about Jaime. 1 year ago in Chile

last weekend on Monday at a party at work in in Medellín Bogotá

Jaime

morning

d What is the same for all three people?

good places for tourists to visit. This is what you think of the four main places to visit:

afternoon

Really? I don’t think so.

b

Now go back to p. 93.

I think Central Park is OK.

t

What do you think of Central Park?

en

the Museum of History – very interesting Central Park – OK, nice Old Town – a little boring Mega Department Store – very expensive

sm

a You and Student B live in the same city. Talk about

s se

11C STUDENT A

evening

b Tell Student B what Leo did yesterday. c Listen to Student B talk about what Charlotte did yesterday. What activities are the same?

113


7B STUDENT B

9A STUDENT A

1

a Read notes about your trip to Seville, in Spain.

Make sentences from the notes. Use the simple past.

Ca

Maria

Gavin

• in the south of Spain • plane to Madrid … • … then train to Seville • small hotel – downtown • a lot of photos •  shopping – didn’t buy anything •  restaurants – very good food • a concert – you liked it!

David

br

m 2

id

b Tell Student B about your trip.

ge

c Listen to Student B talk about a trip to Dubai. Find four things you both did on your trips.

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

11C STUDENT B

a Look at picture 2. Write notes about their clothes.

a You and Student A live in the same city. Talk about

good places for tourists to visit. This is what you think of the four main places to visit:

b Listen to Student A talk about the clothes in picture 1. Tell him/her the people’s names.

the Museum of History – OK Central Park – boring Old Town – beautiful Mega Department Store – a lot of fun

c Tell Student A about the clothes the people in picture 2

are wearing. Find out their names and write them under each picture.

What do you think of the Museum of History?

This person has a coat and pants. What’s the person’s name?

d

Now go back to p. 58.

b

10B STUDENT A

I think the museum is OK.

Really? I don’t think so.

Now go back to p. 93.

a Look at the picture. What are the people doing? Write notes.

Jacob

Ask and answer questions to find five differences. You start. Ask about Ali.

Ali

t

Is he eating? Aiko

No, he’s not. He’s …

Now go back to p. 83.

en

Ben

Yes, he is.

114

sm

Dani

Is Ali in the kitchen?

c

s se

Raquel

b Student B has a similar picture.


Communication Plus 8A STUDENT C

10A STUDENT A

a Listen to Students A and B talk about Morgan.

1

2

3

4

5

6

b Answer Student B’s questions about Marcella. on Monday in a meeting at work

last weekend at a party in Orlando

m

Ca

1 year ago in Canada

c Ask Student A about Jaime.

br

Where was he last weekend?

ge

id

Where was he a year ago?

Marcella

Was he at work on Monday?

U

d What is the same for all three people?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

12C STUDENT B

a You want to invite Student A to: 1 go out for dinner one evening. 2 go shopping for clothes.

Think about what you want to say. Listen to Student A and reply. Try to find times when you’re both free. Do you want to go out for dinner?

a Carlos is in picture 2. Tell Student B:

• where he is (He’s sitting in … ) • what’s in the next room (There’s a … next door.) • what he’s doing (He’s … )

MON TUES

5, or 6?

work 8:00–6:00 theater 8:00 p.m.

c Choose picture 4 or 5. Describe it to Student B. d Listen to Student B again. Which picture are they talking about now?

work 8:00–6:00 Spanish class 7:00–8:30

THURS

on vacation – not here

FRI

on vacation – not here

SAT

soccer 9:00–2:00

t

Now go back to p. 101.

en

WED

sm

b

SUN

s se

YOUR SCHEDULE

b Listen to Student B. Are they talking about picture 4,

115


GRAMMAR FOCUS 1A be: I / you / we

Ca

Part 1: Affirmative and questions

I’m from New York.

01.03

m

Affirmative (+)

id

br

I’m fine.

you

You’re right.

we

We’re from the U.S.

you

You’re John and Hannah.

ge

Are you from New York?

I

U

Tip

Are you from Yes, we’re from the U.S. the U.S.?

Yes/No questions (?)

Short answers

Am I

at home?

Yes, you are. No, you’re not.

Are you

OK?

Yes, I am.

Are we

in Los Angeles? Yes, you are. No, you’re not.

Are you

students?

No, I’m not.

Yes, we are.

No, we’re not.

Are you from Spain? NOT You are from Spain? Yes, I am. NOT Yes, I’m.

Part 2: Negative 01.08

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

I am ➔ I’m You are ➔ You’re We are ➔ We’re

01.04

Tip

Negative (–)

01.05

I am not ➔ I’m not You are not ➔ You’re not /       You aren’t We are not   ➔ We’re not /         We aren’t

I

I’m not from Italy.

Wh- questions (?)

you

You’re not a teacher.

I

Where am I?

we

you

How are you?

We’re not from the U.S.

we

Where are we?

you

You’re not teachers.

you

Where are you?

I’m not from Brazil. NOT I amn’t from Brazil.

1B be: he / she / they Part 1: Affirmative 01.16

+ He’s Japanese.

she

She’s Mexican.

they

They’re American.

He is ➔ He’s She is ➔ She’s They are ➔ They’re

Part 2: Negative and questions 01.18

– she

She’s not Mexican.

they

They’re not American.

he/she

Where’s he/she from? Who’s he/she?

they

Where are they from? Who are they?

Is he Japanese? NOT Is Japanese? OR He is Japanese? Are they American? NOT Are American? OR They are American? Yes, he is. NOT Yes, he’s.

01.19

116

Wh- questions (?)

Yes/No questions (?)

Short answers

he

Is he Japanese?

Yes, he is.

No, he’s not.

she

Is she Mexican?

Yes, she is.

No, she’s not.

they

Are they American?

Yes, they are.

No, they’re not.

Tip Where is he from? ➔ Where’s he from? Who is she? ➔ Who’s she?

t

He’s not Japanese.

He is not ➔ He’s not / He isn’t She is not ➔ She’s not / She isn’t They are not ➔ They’re not / They aren’t

en

he

01.20

Tip

sm

s se

he

Tip


Grammar Focus 1A be: I / you / we Part 1: Affirmative and questions

Part 2: Negative

a Write sentences with ’re or ’m.

a Write one affirmative (+) and one negative (–) sentence for 1–5.

I am from New York. I’m from New York. We are students. You are Roberto. I am fine, thanks. We are from Mexico.

1 We / from Brazil

We’re from Brazil. We’re not from Brazil. 2 3 4 5

Ca

1 2 3 4 5

m

b Put the words in the correct order to make questions.

b Write short answers. 1 A Are you from the U.S.? 3 A Are we in Spain? I’m not B No, . B No, . 2 A Are you Eric? 4 A Are you students? B Yes, . B Yes, .

ge

id

c

you / are / how ? How are you? are / from / the U.S. / you ? we / in / Ecuador / are ? OK / I / am ? name / your / what’s ?

br

1 2 3 4 5

You / Rebecca I / a teacher We / in Paris I / OK

Now go back to p. 8.

Now go back to p. 9.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c

1B be: he / she / they

Part 1: Affirmative a Complete the sentences with he’s, she’s, or they’re.

Part 2: Negative and questions a Complete the sentences with ’s not or ’re not. 1 2 3 4 5 6

1

Italian.

2

Chinese.

She They He They He She

Italian. She’s Brazilian. American. They’re English. Chinese. He’s American. Colombian. They’re English. Spanish. He’s Italian. Brazilian. She’s Ecuadorian.

b Check (✓) the correct questions. Correct the wrong questions.

He is Colombian? Is she Brazilian? Are English they?

4 5 6

Are he Italian? She is Chinese? Are they Japanese?

s se

1 2 3

’re not, or ’re.

b

Spanish.

4

6

Mexican.

British.

d

A Who is this? B He 1 A 2 B No, he 3

my friend Lee. he Chinese? . He 4

A Who are they? B They 5 A 6 B No, they 7

my friends Nick and Anna. they from England? . They 8 Brazilian.

from the U.S.

t

5

Brazilian.

en

3

sm

c Complete the conversations with is, ’s not, ’s, are,

Now go back to p. 11.

Now go back to p. 11.

117


2A be: it’s / it’s not; Possessive adjectives Part 1: it’s / it’s not it = a place/thing

they = 2+ places/things

Tip

Ca

It is in Ecuador. ➔ It’s in Ecuador. It is not in Italy. ➔ It’s not in Italy. / It isn’t in Italy.

Part 2: Possessive adjectives

m 02.04

–

It’s an old hotel.

It’s not a new hotel.

it

id

br

+

they

They’re not big houses.

They’re small houses.

ge

02.05

Short answers

it

Is it a big hotel?

Yes, it is.

they

Are they new houses?

U

Yes/No questions

No, it’s not.

Possessive adjective

I you he she we they

my your his her our their

02.10

My apartment is small. Is this your book? His home is old and beautiful. She’s here with her friend. This is our home in Quito. Is that their home?

your bag NOT you’re bag their house NOT they’re house

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Yes, they are. No, they’re not.

Pronoun

Is it in Japan? NOT Is in Japan? OR It is in Japan? Yes, it is. NOT Yes, it’s.

2B Plural nouns SPELLING: Plural nouns most words ➔ add -s

book ➔ books boy ➔ boys house ➔ houses

consonant + -y ➔ -y add -ies

city ➔ cities baby ➔ babies

ends in -o, -ch, -ss, -s, -sh, and -x ➔ add -es Exception: For some -o words, add -s.

watch ➔ watches glass ➔ glasses photo ➔ photos

irregular

knife ➔ knives

books NOT a books

a book

a ticket

an apple

books

two tickets

apples

03.09

03.10

+

–

Short answers

I like

fish.

I don’t like

fish.

Do I like fish?

Yes, you do.

No, you don’t.

you

You eat

meat.

You don’t eat

meat.

Do you eat meat?

Yes, I do.

No, I don’t.

we

We eat

a lot of We don’t eat vegetables.

a lot of vegetables.

Do we eat a lot of vegetables?

Yes, we do.

No, we don’t.

they

They like

eggs.

eggs.

Do they like eggs?

Yes, they do.

No, they don’t.

Tip I do not like rice. ➔ I don’t like rice.

Do you eat meat? NOT You eat meat? Yes, I do. NOT Yes, I like. No, we don’t. NOT No, we don’t like.

t

They don’t like

en

I

I don’t like fish. NOT I not like fish.

118

Yes/No questions

sm

s se

3A Simple present: I / you / we / they


Grammar Focus 2A be: it’s / it’s not; Possessive adjectives Part 1: it’s / it’s not a Complete the sentences with it’s or they’re.

Part 2: Possessive adjectives a Complete the sentences. 1 “Hi, I’m Jack. What’s name?” “I’m Selim.” 2 She’s from Brazil and name’s Maria. 3 They’re from the U.S., and names are Sam and Erica. 4 We live in Cartagena. apartment is in an old part of town. 5 “Is this book?” “Yes, it is. Thank you.” 6 They’re from London, but parents are from Mumbai.

br

m

Ca

1 a beautiful town near Barcelona. 2 São Paulo and Rio de Janeiro are big cities. in Brazil. 3 My apartment is small. in a new part of town. 4 Our homes are old. in a nice part of town. 5 The apartments are in an old part of town. big and beautiful. 6 They’re from a small town in China. near Beijing.

b

Now go back to p. 17.

in Idaho. .” small. a big country. from Vancouver. in a new

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c

The houses are in Montana. “Is this your apartment?” “No, Mumbai is a big city. They are from Costa Rica. They are from Ottawa. Their apartments are very old. part of town.

ge

1 2 3 4 5 6

id

b Complete the sentences with it’s not or they’re not.

Now go back to p. 16.

2B Plural nouns a Write the plurals. 1 2 3 4

an egg a knife a girl a country

b Underline the correct words.

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

a town a phone a house a city

c

Bogotá is big city / a big city. Villajoyosa is a town / towns in Spain. It’s small / a small house. They’re new apartment / apartments. Two bottle / bottles of water, please. He’s a big baby / babies. New York and Washington are cities / citys in the U.S. Two tickets / ticketes to London, please.

Now go back to p. 19.

3A Simple present: I / you / we / they

b Look at the information about the Brown family. Write five sentences about them.

do (x2) ​don’t (x3) ​eat I like rice, but I

fish vegetables

.

rice bread

✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗

They eat … ​They don’t eat …

t

en

like bread. you like fruit? A Do they eat meat? B Yes, they We fruit every day. I eat rice, but I like it. A Do you like fish? B No, I .

meat

sm

1 2 3 4 5 6

s se

a Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

c Write sentences about things you eat and drink. I eat rice. I eat vegetables every day. I don’t like coffee …

d

Now go back to p. 25.

119


3B Adverbs of frequency 03.20

br

m

Ca I usually have a sandwich for lunch.

We sometimes eat fish for dinner.

I never eat cake. NOT I never don’t eat cake.

ge

id

We always have breakfast at 7:00.

Tip

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Adverbs of frequency go before the verb. NOT Always we have breakfast at 7:00. OR We have always breakfast at 7:00. The adverb of frequency sometimes can go at the beginning of the sentence, too. We sometimes eat fish for dinner. OR Sometimes we eat fish for dinner.

4A Simple present: Wh- questions

04.05

04.06

Wh- questions with be What’s your name? When are you home? Where are they from?

Wh- questions with other verbs

My name’s Lucia.

Where do you live?

I live in La Paz.

We’re home this evening.

What do you study?

We study Chinese.

They’re from Brazil.

When do they go to school?

They go to school at 8:00.

NOT What your name is? OR Where you are from?

Tip

Wh- word + is/are + person (you, they, etc.)?

s se

Tip

NOT Where you live? OR Where live you?

Wh- word + do + person (you, they, etc.) + verb?

SPELLING: verb + -s

04.14

+ My brother works He lives

in a hotel. in a small house.

she

Ingrid lives She works

in Boston. in an office.

it

My room has It has

a big window. a big table.

Tip

120

I/You/We/They work in a hotel. He/She works in a hotel.

work ➔ works live ➔ lives

consonant + -y ➔ -y add -ies

study ➔ studies

ends in -o, -ch, -ss, -s, -sh and -x ➔ add -es

go ➔ goes do ➔ does teach ➔ teaches

irregular

have ➔ has

He studies NOT He studys She has NOT She haves

t

he

most verbs ➔ add -s

en

sm

4B Simple present: he / she / it affirmative


Grammar Focus 3B Adverbs of frequency a Put the words in the correct order to make sentences. sometimes / at 10:00 / have dinner / we I / in the evening / have coffee / never have a sandwich / I / for lunch / usually we / at home / always / have dinner at lunchtime / always / eat fruit / I usually / in a café / I / have lunch

Sunday 1

b Look at Monica’s schedule. Complete her sentences with

Tuesday

2

3

m

12:30 lunch at work

adverbs of frequency.

“I have coffee in a small café.” “I eat breakfast.” “My friends and I have lunch at work.” “We have dinner at home.”

id

br

1 2 3 4

Monday 8:00 coffee at Café Blanc

Ca

1 2 3 4 5 6

Wednesday Thursday 4

Friday

Saturd

5

6

7

12:30 lunch at work

12:30 lunch at work

8:00 coffee at Café Blanc

12:30 lunch at work

12:30 lunch at work

7:00 dinner 7:00 dinner 7:00 dinner with family with family with family

7:00 dinner 7:00 dinner with family with family

ge

c

Now go back to p. 27.

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

4A Simple present: Wh- questions a Complete the questions with ’s, are, or do. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Where What Where When Where Where What time When

b Write questions for the sentences. Use the question word in parentheses.

they work? you eat for breakfast? your home? you in class? you study English? you from? you go to class every day? he at home?

1 I work in Tokyo. (where)

Where do you work?

2 3 4 5 6

c

We go to work at 7:00 in the morning. (when) I eat a sandwich for lunch. (what) We study at a big language school in Quito. (where) I study business at school. (what) I go to my class at 6:00 in the evening. (when)

Now go back to p. 33.

4B Simple present: he / she / it affirmative a Underline the correct words.

She always drink / drinks tea for breakfast. My son studies / studys Spanish in college. He works / workes in a supermarket. The car have / has new lights. She has breakfast and then she gos / goes to school. The dog play / plays in the backyard.

b Look at the picture. Complete the sentences about Carmen with the verbs in the box.

have ​drink ​eat ​live ​study 4 She 5 She

coffee. a computer.

t

c

in Madrid. English. bananas.

en

1 She 2 She 3 She

sm

s se

1 2 3 4 5 6

Now go back to p. 35.

121


5A there is / there are: affirmative

ge

id

br

m

Ca +

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

05.02

There’s = There is There’s a café. NOT There a café. There are three cafés. NOT There’s three cafés.

U

On Regent Street, … … there’s a movie theater. … there are two cafés. … there are a lot of people.

Singular

There’s

a café. one café.

Plural

There are

cafés. three cafés.

5B there is / there are: negative and questions 05.16

– Singular

There isn’t

Plural

There aren’t

–

a shower. a blanket.

There’s no

shower. blanket.

any pillows. any rooms.

There are no

pillows. rooms.

NOT There’s isn’t shower. OR There’s no a shower. NOT There are no any pillows.

Tip

Short answers

Singular

Is there

a café?

Yes, there is.

No, there isn’t.

Plural

Are there

any small rooms?

Yes, there are.

No, there aren’t.

Tip Use any after Are there … ?

122

t

Yes/No questions

en

sm

05.17

NOT There is a café? OR There are small rooms? NOT Yes, there’s. OR No, there not.

s se

There is not a hotel. ➔ There isn’t a hotel. ➔ There’s no hotel. There are not any cafés. ➔ There aren’t any cafés. ➔ There are no cafés. Use any after there are not and there aren't.


Grammar Focus 5A there is / there are: affirmative a Write three more sentences about Regent Street on page 122. Use there’s or there are and the words in the box. apartment ​ car

supermarket

m

Ca

1 2 3

br

b Look at the picture. Change the sentences to make them true.

5 There are three girls. 6 There’s a boy. 7 There are two schools.

ge

c

There’s a taxi. There are two restaurants. There’s one store. There are three women.

id

1 2 3 4

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Now go back to p. 40.

5B there is / there are: negative and questions a Complete the sentences with a negative (–) or question (?) form of there is or there are. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

any cafés on my street. a movie theater in this part of town. a hotel near the subway station? any stores near the hotel? any restaurants on High Street. a café near here? a restaurant near the movie theater. any supermarkets near the hostel?

b Add any to the sentences if possible. 1 2 3 4 5 6

There aren’t good restaurants in this town. Are there stores near the hotel? Is there a TV in the room? Sorry, there aren’t available rooms. There’s a café on the first floor. There are two movie theaters near here.

c Complete the conversation with the correct form of there is / there are.

A Excuse me, here? B No, near the train station. nd AA hotel? B Yes,

any hotels near

. But

one

a restaurant near the

. It’s a very good one.

d Rewrite the sentences using there’s no or there are no. 1 2 3 4 5 6

e

There isn’t a TV in the room. There’s no TV in the room. There aren’t hotels on this street. There aren’t any pillows in the room. There isn’t a swimming pool. There isn’t a school in the town. There aren’t gas stations on this road.

Now go back to p. 43.

t

en

sm

s se 123


6A Simple present: he / she / it negative 06.05

He doesn’t work on Monday. NOT He doesn’t works on Monday. OR He don’t works on Monday. OR He not works on Monday.

– He doesn’t work

on Monday.

she

She doesn’t study

Spanish.

it

The town doesn’t have

a bank.

Tip I do not work at night. ➔ I don’t work at night. He does not work at night. ➔ He doesn’t work at night.

m

Ca

he

6B Simple present: he / she / it questions

br

06.13

Short answers

id

Yes/No questions

Does he

work at a bank?

she

Does she

it

Does the party

Yes, he does.

No, he doesn’t.

get up early?

Yes, she does.

No, she doesn’t.

start at 9:00?

Yes, it does.

No, it doesn’t.

ge

he

Wh- questions

NOT Does he works … ? NOT Yes, she works. NOT No, she doesn’t work.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

06.14

U

Does he work in a bank? Yes, she does. No, she doesn’t.

he

Where

does he

work?

she

When

does she

get up?

it

What time

does it

start?

Where does she work?

NOT Where she does work? OR Where she works?

t

en

sm

s se

124


Grammar Focus 6A Simple present: he / she / it negative a Complete the sentences with don’t or doesn’t. don’t They ­­­­ speak French. He like chocolate cake. She eat eggs for breakfast. We ­ go to work early. Eva and Ben like their jobs. Penelope and her sister live in Spain. Her brother work in a bank. My sister, Lucia, and I eat fish.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

m

Ca

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

b Make the sentences negative.

br

c

Pia works in a store. Pia doesn’t work in a store. My brother works in a car factory. My parents like coffee. We live near the subway station. He studies Italian. They go to work early. Akira lives in Tokyo. Their son works in a bank.

Now go back to p. 49.

ge

id

6B Simple present: he / she / it questions a Complete the questions.

1 A Does your daughter like school? B Yes, she likes / does. She thinks it’s great. 2 A Do you like ice cream? B Yes / No, I don’t. I never eat it. 3 A Does he watch baseball? B No, he don’t / doesn’t. He only likes tennis. 4 A Do you start work early? B Yes, we are / do. We start at 5:00 in the morning! 5 A Does your wife work in a restaurant? B No, she doesn’t work / doesn’t. She’s a hotel receptionist.

He works in a restaurant. he like it? I’m a taxi driver. you meet interesting people? My brother’s in London. he live there? My children go to school at 7:30. What time they get up? She often works in the evenings. When she get home?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1 A B 2 A B 3 A B 4 A B 5 A B

b Underline the correct words.

c

Now go back to p. 51.

t

en

sm

s se 125


7A this, that, these, those 07.06

this, these = here, near me

that, those = there, not near me

br

m

Ca “My brother wants this car.”

“I love those flowers.”

this car

that car

this/that/these/those + be

this/that/these/those + noun

these flowers

those flowers

That’s my car. These are your flowers. Those are my books. Is this your bag?

I like that car. These flowers are beautiful. Those books are big. This bag is red.

ge

Plural

“My sister wants that car.”

id

Singular

“I love these flowers.”

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

07.17

U

7B Possessive ’s

Kristina’s Zane’s sister. ➔ Kristina is Zane’s sister. Millie's Kristina’s friend. ➔ Millie is Kristina’s friend. KRISTINA My brother’s jeans are light blue. NOT The jeans of my brother are light blue. The girls’ dresses are beautiful.

Tip

We use ’ after the -s for plural nouns ending in -s. ➔ The girls’ dresses are beautiful. (2+ girls)

Zane and Kristina’s parents are Lara and Jim.

We use ’s after a singular noun: ➔ The girl’s dresses are beautiful. (1 girl)

t

en

sm

s se

126


Grammar Focus 7A this, that, these, those a Underline the correct words. Excuse me, is this / these your coat? Who’s this / that man in the next room? How much are those / that watches? This is / are my wife, Tammy. Are this / these your glasses?

Ca

1 2 3 4 5

b Complete the sentences with this, that, these, or those.

ge

id

br

m are our

3  “Who are people?”

4  “Is phone?”

your

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

2 “ tickets.”

U

1 “Look at beautiful house.”

Now go back to p. 57.

7B Possessive ’s

a Complete the sentences with the words in parentheses. 1 2 3 4 5 6

b Write new sentences. Use the names in parentheses.

It’s Mara’s skirt . (Mara / skirt) It’s . (Esteban / shirt) It’s . (Beth / dress) They’re . (Luke / jeans) They’re . (Sara / shoes) It’s . (Matthew / jacket)

1 His new jeans are dark blue. (Sam)

Sam’s new jeans are dark blue.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

c

His house is near the train station. (Jacob) Her shoes are brown. (Vanessa) I like her new coat. (my friend) Their new car is blue. (Rob and Emma) Her new dress is pretty. (Penelope) He’s his best friend. (Ryan) Their room is on the first floor. (the boys)

Now go back to p. 59.

t

en

sm

s se 127


8A Simple past: be Part 1: Affirmative 08.02

+ I/you/he/she/it

Ca

in Seattle yesterday. in Los Angeles yesterday. in Houston yesterday. fun.

We were You were They were

in Cartagena last weekend. in São Paulo last weekend. in Paris last weekend.

br

m

we/you/they

Tip

I was You were He/She was It was

We often use past forms of be with past time expressions like yesterday, last night, two days ago, on Saturday, this morning. (See Vocabulary Focus 8A on p. 149.)

id

She was in Houston yesterday. NOT She is in Houston yesterday. OR She were in Houston yesterday.

08.09

ge

Part 2: Negative and questions 08.08

we/you/they

I wasn’t You weren’t He/She wasn’t It wasn’t

in Seattle yesterday. in Los Angeles yesterday. in Houston yesterday. fun.

We weren’t You weren’t They weren’t

in Cartagena last weekend. in São Paulo last weekend. in Paris last weekend.

I wasn’t at home yesterday.

Tip

Were you

in Los Angeles yesterday?

Yes, I was.

Was she

in Houston yesterday?

Yes, she was.

No, she wasn’t.

Were they

in Paris yesterday?

Yes, they were.

No, they weren’t.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

I/you/he/she/it

Short answers

U

–

Yes/No questions

08.10

Wh- questions

NOT I’m not at home yesterday. OR I not was home yesterday.

I was not in Seattle yesterday. ➔ I wasn’t in Seattle yesterday. You were not in Los Angeles yesterday. ➔ You weren’t in Los Angeles yesterday.

No, I wasn’t.

Where

was she

yesterday?

When

was

the meeting?

Where

were you

yesterday?

When

were they

in San Francisco?

Where were you yesterday? NOT Where you were yesterday?

8B Simple past: affirmative 08.15

08.16

Irregular verbs

+

to her yesterday.

go

I went

to a party on Friday.

They played

tennis on Saturday.

have

We had

like

He was nice – I liked

him.

see

I saw

arrive

They arrived

last night.

s se

Regular verbs

+

talk

I talked

play

I went to a party. NOT I goed to a party. We had sandwiches. NOT We did have sandwiches.

talk ➔ talked play ➔ played

verb ends in -e ➔ add -d

like ➔ liked

Tip

The simple past form is the same for all persons, e.g., I played tennis., He played tennis., We played tennis., etc.

t

128

most verbs ➔ add -ed

See Irregular verbs on p. 103.

en

SPELLING: -ed endings

Peter yesterday.

sm

I talked to her. NOT I was talk to her.

sandwiches for lunch.


Grammar Focus 8A Simple past: be Part 1: Affirmative a Complete the sentences with was or were. 6  The movie 7  You 8   Ben and Jorge on Saturday. 9  The concert 10   This morning I

m

Ca

1 I at home yesterday. 2 He in the office in the morning, but not in the afternoon. 3 We at the movies last night. 4 They in Buenos Aires last month. 5 Two nights ago you at your sister’s house.

b

Now go back to p. 65.

really great. at school last week. at the basketball game

br

Was the movie interesting?

Part 2: Negative and questions

very good. at a café. No, it wasn’t interesting. It was really boring!

ge

id As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U The next day

b Put the words in the correct order to make questions.

Last night

1 last night / were you / at the movies?

Were you at the movies last night?

a Complete the text with was, were, wasn’t, or weren’t. “It 1 Saturday yesterday, but I 2 at work all morning. I 3 (not) at my desk – I4 in a meeting. It 5 very boring. In the afternoon, I 6 at home with a book – it 7 great. In the evening, my friend Michelle and I 8 at the movies, but the movie 9 (not) very good. We 10 tired, so I 11 (not) out late.”

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

c

basketball game / was / on Saturday / he at the ? were / the supermarket / they at / yesterday ? you three / where were / years ago ? interesting / movie / was the ? China / you in / when were ? was the / concert / where ? a boring / was it / meeting ?

Now go back to p. 65.

8B Simple past: affirmative

a Match verbs 1–6 with the past forms in the box.

c Complete the text with the past form of the verbs in

s se

the box.

arrived ​ had watched ​ saw ​ stayed ​ went

have (x2) ​ go (x2) ​ stay ​ read ​ talk ​ watch ​ get 4 see 5 watch 6 arrive

got Last Saturday, Mr. Jones 1 up late, and he 2 a big breakfast. Then he 3 shopping. He 4 a pizza for lunch, and in the afternoon, he 5 to his mother on the phone for an hour. In the evening, he 6 at home, and he 7 baseball on TV. He 8 to bed at 10:30 and 9 a book until 11:00.

sm

1 go 2 have 3 stay

t

1 She goed / went to Spain last week. 2 I was sees / saw my sister last weekend. 3 It wasn’t a very interesting evening. Everyone talkd / talked about work. 4 I staied / stayed in a cheap hotel near the train station. 5 We watch / watched Germany vs. Uruguay last night. 6 She read / readed a magazine in the backyard.

en

b Underline the correct words.

d Complete the sentences about you or your friends. Use the simple past.

1 2 3 4

e

Last weekend, Yesterday, This morning, Last Monday,

. . . .

Now go back to p. 67.

129


9A Simple past: negative 09.07

–

Ca

stay

We didn’t stay

at a hostel.

finish

They didn’t finish

work early.

see

I didn’t see

them at the party.

take

She didn’t take

a taxi to the airport.

br

m

I didn’t see them. NOT I don’t saw them. We didn’t stay. NOT We didn’t stayed.

Tip

ge

id

In the negative: • add didn’t before the verb • the verb doesn’t change

09.19

Yes/No questions

Short answers

Did you

see the movie?

Did she

work in a café?

Did they

go to the party?

Did you work … ? Did she go … ? Yes, she did. No, she didn’t. 09.20

Wh- questions

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

9B Simple past: questions

Yes, I/we did.

No, I/we didn’t.

Yes, she did.

No, she didn’t.

Yes, they did.

No, they didn’t.

NOT Did you worked … ? NOT Did she went … ? NOT Yes, she worked. NOT No, she didn’t work.

Where

did you

work?

Where

did she

go?

When

did they

arrive?

Where did you work? Where did she go?

NOT Where you worked? OR Where did you worked? NOT Where did she went?

s se

10A Present continuous: affirmative We use the present continuous to talk about now.

sm

10.07

+ you

You’re working a lot.

he/she

He’s/She’s studying.

it

It’s raining.

we

We’re watching TV.

they

They’re eating a big dinner.

I’m working hard. NOT I working hard. OR I’m work hard. I’m having breakfast. NOT I’m haveing breakfast. I’m sitting in the car. NOT I’m siting in the car.

130

t

I’m writing an email.

en

I

Tip I’m writing an email. ➔ I am writing an email. We’re watching TV. ➔ We are watching TV. He’s studying. ➔ He is studying.


Grammar Focus 9A Simple past: negative a Complete the sentences with the simple past negative form of the verbs in parentheses. I didn’t play I I I I

Ca

1 2 3 4 5

baseball. (play) early. (get up) cereal for breakfast. (have) my phone. (use) my emails. (read)

6 7 8 9

a friend. (visit) shopping. (go) any photos. (take) to the radio. (listen)

I I I I

b Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box.

arrive

play go (x2)

have

get up

ge

id

br

m

Make one affirmative and one negative sentence.

1 Last week, John didn’t get up at got up 6:00. He at 7:00.

4 He He ­

c

to work by bus. to work by train.

at work at 9:00. at work at 10:00.

3 He He

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

2 He He

pizza for lunch. spaghetti.

5 After work, he baseball. He

tennis.

to to a

6 In the evening, he the movies. He restaurant.

Now go back to p. 73.

9B Simple past: questions

a Put the words in the correct order to make questions. 1 you go / where did / on vacation? 2 see / what did / you ? 3 you have / did / a good time ?

c Complete the answers to the questions. 1 A Did you go home early? I did . I left at 4:00. B ­­Yes, 2 A Did they enjoy their vacation? B No, . It was boring. 3 A Did he watch the soccer game? B No, . He was at the movies. 4 A Did you go to the supermarket? B Yes, . We got some bread and cheese. 5 A Did your sister work in a restaurant? B No, . She worked in a café.

4 you / meet / who did ? 5 you / what did / eat ? 6 like it / you / did ?

b Complete the questions with did or do/does.

Now go back to p. 75.

a Write the -ing forms of the verbs. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

eat cook talk listen ­ get have wear go

b Complete the sentences with the present continuous form of the verbs in

t

10A Present continuous: affirmative

en

d

sm

5 What you do after class last week? 6 What time their classes usually start? 7 What time she start work yesterday? 8 Who you see at the party last night?

s se

1 Where you go last night? 2 you see Jim yesterday? 3 What time he go to work every day? 4 they go to the movies every Saturday?

parentheses. 1 2 3 4

c

I (wear) jeans and a T-shirt. We (listen) to Drake’s new song. Lee (study) in her bedroom. They (have) dinner at the moment.

5 6 7 8

Rob and Ben (play) soccer in the park. He (watch) a movie in the living room. Our children (cook) dinner for us. I (write) this email at work.

Now go back to p. 81.

131


10B Present continuous: negative and questions 10.15

– I’m not waiting for the bus.

you

You’re not listening!

he/she

She’s not reading a book.

it

It’s not raining.

we

We’re not staying in a hostel.

they

They’re not working.

br

m

Ca

I

She’s not reading.

id

10.16

NOT She not reading. OR She’s not read.

ge

Yes/No questions

10.17

Wh- questions

Short answers

waiting for the bus?

Yes, I am.

No, I’m not.

you

What

are you

doing?

Is she

reading a book?

Yes, she is.

No, she’s not.

he/she

Where

is he

going?

Is it

raining?

Yes, it is.

No, it’s not.

it

Why

is it

raining?

Are they

working?

Yes, they are.

No, they’re not.

they

What

are they

watching?

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Are you waiting?

U

Are you

NOT You waiting? You are waiting?

What are you doing?

NOT What you are doing?

11A Object pronouns Subject pronouns

Object pronouns

I

me

I talked to Mark last night. He called me.

you

you

You were in town yesterday. I saw you.

he

him

He’s a great singer. I like him.

she

her

She lives nearby. I often visit her.

it

it

I live near Greenport. It’s a nice town. I like it.

we

us

We were at the party. Did you see us?

they

them

These shoes are nice, but they’re expensive. I can’t buy them.

11.08

Tip

We use it and them to talk about things and places. It isn’t a very interesting book. I don’t want to finish it. NOT She isn’t an interesting book. I don’t want to finish her. It’s a nice town. I like it. NOT He’s a nice town. I like him.

He called me. NOT He called I.

t

en

sm

s se

132


Grammar Focus 10B Present continuous: negative and questions a Complete the sentences using the negative form of the present continuous. 1 She’s not studying (study). She’s watching TV.

They (have) lunch. They’re having breakfast. I (work). I’m at home. He (play) baseball. He’s watching the game. We (stay) in a hotel. We’re camping. Are you OK? You (eat).

m

Ca

2 3 4 5 6

b Put the words in the correct order to make questions. 1 2 3 4 5 6

wearing / a coat / you / why / are ? working / she / is ? you / doing / are / what ? are / where / going / you ? she / is / texting / who ? a computer game / playing / he / is ?

c Write two questions to ask your partner about now.

br

Use the present continuous. Ask and answer your questions. Now go back to p. 83.

ge

id

d

11A Object pronouns

U

a Underline the correct words.

b Complete the text with the words in the box. he ​she ​it ​we ​me ​him ​her ​us

c Write sentences about your favorite things and people. Use pronouns in your sentences.

d

JULIE THOMPSON, ACTOR

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

1 We’re waiting at the train station. Please come and meet we / us. 2 She was in town. We saw her / him there. 3 My parents live in London. I love to visit them / they on weekends. 4 I bought a pizza. Do you want to have it / her for dinner? 5 Where are my keys? Do you have they / them in your bag? 6 Here’s a photo of my new boyfriend. I met it / him two months ago at a party.

Now go back to p. 89.

MY FAVORITE THINGS AND PEOPLE …

1 My car

It’s a very old Volkswagen, but I use 1 every day.

2 My brother 2

see 3 stays with 4

works in Japan, so we don’t very often, but he always on New Year’s Eve.

3 The singer Lana del Rey

’s a I think 5 wonderful singer. I can listen for hours. to 6

4 My husband, Paul

We got married 30 years ago and 7 ’re very happy. He always when I have listens to 8 problems.

t

en

sm

s se 133


11B can for ability Tip I cannot swim. ➔ I can’t swim. For all persons (I/you/he/she/it/we/they), can/can’t and the verb don’t change.

Ca

Part 2: Questions

Part 1: Affirmative and negative

Yes/No questions

+

–

We use can to talk about things we know how to do.

Can you swim?

Yes, I can.

No, I can’t.

Can she swim?

Yes, she can.

No, she can’t.

Can they swim?

Yes, they can.

No, they can’t.

br

m

11.14

+

id

11.09

can

swim. fly.

can’t

NOT I can to swim well. NOT She cans swim well. NOT He not can swim well.

Can you swim? Yes, I can. No, I can’t.

NOT You can swim? NOT Yes, I swim. NOT No, I not swim.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

I can swim well. She can swim well. He can’t swim well.

ge

I/You/He/She/It/We/They

–

12A be going to: affirmative and negative Part 1: Affirmative

Part 2: Negative

We use be + going to to talk about things we plan to do in the future. 12.02

+ I

I’m

you/we/they

You’re

he/she/it

She’s

going to

get some coffee. go shopping. have chicken tonight.

12.08

–

I

I’m not

you/we/they

You’re not

he/she/it

She’s not

go on vacation.

going to

read a book. visit her sister.

We’re not going to take a bath. NOT We’re going not to take a bath.

I’m going to take a bath. NOT I going to take a bath. OR I’m going take a bath. OR I’m go to take a bath.

12B be going to: questions 12.16

Short answers

Am I going to

Is he

Yes, you are.

No, you’re not.

go out?

Yes, I am.

No, I’m not.

leave home?

Yes, he is.

No, he’s not.

NOT You are going to … ? NOT Yes, I’m going.

t

12.17

Wh- questions I

When

am I

you/we/they

What

are you

he/she/it

Where

is he

see you? going to

do? live?

What are you going to do? NOT What you going to do? OR What you are going to do?

134

en

Are you going to … ? Yes, I am.

sm

Are you

see you soon?

s se

Yes/No questions


Grammar Focus 11B can for ability Part 2: Questions a Put the words in the correct order to make questions.

Part 1: Affirmative and negative a Complete the sentences with can or can’t.

1 2 3 4 5 6

b

you ride / can / a horse ? well / cook / can he ? sing and / can / play the guitar / they ? can / draw pictures / she ? speak / both Japanese / can you / and Mandarin ? he drive / a car and / can / a bus ?

Now go back to p. 91.

br

m

Ca

1 I studied Spanish at college for three years. I speak with Spanish people. 2 Her meals are terrible. She cook! 3 My brother and I don’t like the ocean or swimming pools. We swim. 4 I went to guitar lessons. Now I play some easy songs. 5 I don’t have a bicycle, but I ride one. 6 I don’t like that band. They sing.

b

ge

id

Now go to p. 91.

12A be going to: affirmative and negative

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Part 1: Affirmative a Complete the sentences with going to and the verb in parentheses. 1 I’m hungry. I’m 2 The house is dirty. He’s 3 We’re bored. We’re

b

4 It’s very cold today. I’m 5 She’s tired. She’s

(eat) a sandwich. (clean) it today. (watch) a movie.

(wear) a coat. (go) to bed.

Now go back to p. 96.

Part 2: Negative

b Complete the conversation with the correct form of be going to and the verb in parentheses.

a Put the words in the correct order to make sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

A B A B A B

What are your plans for this evening? I1 (stay) home. That’s not very interesting. Maybe not. But I 2 (cook) a nice dinner. OK, and then maybe watch a movie? No, I 3 (not / watch) a movie. I 4 (read) a book. And you? A Well, I 5 (not / cook) dinner. I 6 (get) a pizza and then I 7 (go) to a party. Do you want to come? B No, thanks. I 8 (have) a quiet evening.

his homework on / he’s going / the weekend / to do visit my parents / not / next week / we’re / going to going to / Friday night / I’m / party on / have a they’re not / to play soccer / going / on Saturday not / cook dinner / she’s / going to / this evening to meet / tomorrow evening / we’re going / some friends

c

Now go back to p. 97.

s se

12B be going to: questions

b Complete the questions with be going to and the words in parentheses.

Are you going to see a movie tonight? 2 3 4 5 6

what / you / do / this evening? they / go / Italy / next summer? when / you / have / lunch? how / she / get to / the airport? when / we / clean / the apartment?

c

t

1 A home tonight? (you / stay) B No, we’re not. We’re going to go out. 2 A What ? (she / buy) B A new coat. 3 A shopping? (you / go) B Yes, I am. Do you want to come with me? 4 A Who ? (they / invite) B Oh, just a few friends. They don’t want to have a big party. 5 A TV? (he / watch) B No, he’s not. He’s going to work.

1 you / see / a movie / tonight?

en

sm

a Make questions with be going to.

Now go back to p. 99.

135


VOCABULARY FOCUS 1A Countries

Ca

a

01.11

Listen and write the countries on

a

c

b

the map.

m

br

the U.S. ​Brazil ​the U.K. / Britain Ecuador ​ Spain Mexico Colombia ​ China ​Japan

d

id

Tip

e

f

ge

the U.S. = the United States of America the U.K. = the United Kingdom

U

01.11 Listen again and practice saying the countries.

c

Add the name of your country in English to the list in a. Practice saying it.

h

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

b

g

i

d

Now go back to p. 9.

1B Nationalities

a Complete the charts with countries from page 9. Country

Nationality

Country

Nationality

-ian

Australia 1

-an

Australian

3

Mexican

Brazilian

4

American -ish

Canada

Canadian

5

Ecuador

Ecuadorian

Italy

Italian

6

Britain

British

7

Chinese

8

Japanese

t

d

Work in pairs. Student A: Say a country. Student B: Say the nationality.

.

Then switch roles.

e

136

en

Listen and repeat the countries and nationalities.

I’m

/ -ese

01.14

c Write your nationality.

Spanish

sm

Colombian

s se

b

2

Now go back to p. 10.

Canada

Canadian


Vocabulary Focus 2A Common adjectives a

02.09

Listen and repeat the adjectives.

id

br

m

Ca 1 small

2 old

big

new

ge 5 interesting

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 3 good

4 happy

sad

boring

6 easy

difficult

wrong

8 beautiful

9 funny

b

c Complete the sentences with an adjective. There is no correct answer.

Work in pairs.

1 New York is a 2 Harry Potter books are 3 My house is very

Student A: Say an adjective. Student B: Say the opposite. happy

t

7 right

en

sm

s se

bad

city. . .

4 The English language is for me. 5 My best friend is

.

Tell a partner your sentences. Are the adjectives the same?

sad

d

Now go back to p. 17.

137


2B Common objects 1

Ca

a bottle of water (bottles of water)

a computer (computers)

a key (keys)

a newspaper (newspapers)

a ticket (tickets)

a watch (watches)

an umbrella (umbrellas)

ge

id

br

m

a book (books)

U

a knife (knives)

bathtub

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

a

a phone (phones)

room

bed

pillow

Wi-Fi

blanket

parking

TV

02.12

c

Listen and repeat the objects.

b Write three objects on three pieces of paper.

Guess your partner’s words.

Is it a watch?

Don’t show your partner!

a phone

a

05.11

Yes.

No.

an umbrella

5B Hotels

Is it a book?

a book

d

Now go back to p. 18.

Listen and repeat the words.

shower

Which word is different in each group? Compare your answers with your partner. 1 shower 2 TV 3 shower

c

138

pillow Wi-Fi blanket

bathtub room pillow

Now go back to p. 42.

4 parking 5 bed

towel room

blanket bathtub

t

b

en

There’s Wi-Fi in the room. NOT There’s a Wi-Fi in the room. OR There are Wi-Fi in the room.

sm

s se There’s parking at the hotel. NOT There’s a parking at the hotel. OR There are parking at the hotel.

towel


Vocabulary Focus 3A Food 1 a

03.04

Listen and repeat the words.

vegetables

meat

fish

ge

id

br

m

Ca

fruit

eggs

b

bread

rice

1

4

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Talk to a partner. What food is in the pictures? 2

3

5

6

c Match pictures 1–6 with the words in the box. coffee

3

5

6

d

03.05

t

4

en

sm

2

s se

1

soda ​ juice ​ milk ​ tea ​ water

Listen and check your answers in c. Practice saying the words.

139


e

Talk to your partner. Which drinks are in the pictures?

ge

id

br

m

Ca I think it’s tea.

U

Maybe it’s juice.

f

3B Food 2 a

03.11

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Now go back to p. 24.

Listen and repeat the words.

breakfast lunch I have breakfast at 7:30. NOT I have a breakfast at 7:30. She has lunch at 12:30. NOT She has a lunch at 12:30. We have dinner at 7:00. NOT We have a dinner at 7:00.

b

dinner

Match the words in the box with pictures 1–12. Listen and check your answers. Then listen and repeat. 03.12

orange ​ sandwich ​ butter

cookie ​ banana ​ pizza ​ potato ​ tomato ​ apple ​ ice cream ​ cheese ​ cake

s se

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

t

en

sm

1

c

Which food in b do you eat for … ? • breakfast • lunch • dinner

140

d

Now go back to p. 27.


Vocabulary Focus 2B Numbers 1 a

02.19

Listen and repeat the numbers.

one

two

three

four

five

six

seven

eight

nine

Ca

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 twelve

thirteen

fourteen

fifteen

sixteen

seventeen

eighteen

nineteen

eleven

ten

m

thirteen NOT threeteen, fifteen NOT fiveteen

br

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 twenty

thirty

forty

fifty

sixty

seventy

eighty

ninety

id

thirty NOT threety, forty NOT fourty, fifty NOT fivety 02.20

ge

b

Listen to a–g. Underline the number you hear. g 19 / 90

Now go back to p. 19.

3B Time a

e 17 / 70 f 18 / 80

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

c

c 15 / 50 d 16 / 60

U

a 13 / 30 b 14 / 40

Match the clocks with the times in the box. Listen and check. 03.15

1

2

3

1 :40

two o’clock ​twenty after two ​(a) quarter after two ​ two thirty ​(a) quarter to two ​twenty to two

4

b

03.15

5

6

Listen again and repeat the times.

c Complete the sentences. 1 My English class is at 2 My favorite TV show is at 3 My school / job starts at

.

.

.

d

Now go back to p. 27.

Tell a partner your sentences.

a

04.13

Listen and repeat the numbers.

thirty-four

42 57 forty-two

fifty-seven

63

79

sixty-three

seventy-nine

85

eighty-five

thirty-four NOT thirty and four OR four and thirty

Work with a partner.

c

Now go back to p. 35.

a/one hundred

t

b

99 100

ninety-nine

en

21 34

twenty-one

sm

s se

4B Numbers 2

Student A: Say a number in the box. Student B: Say the next two numbers. 52 ​41 ​29 ​68 ​98 ​36 ​82 ​75 ​59 fifty-two fifty-three, fifty-four

141


4A Common verbs a

04.02

Listen to the sentences. Repeat the verbs.

Hola!

!

id

br

m

Ca ge

1 We live in a big house.

2 I work in a factory.

3 I speak Spanish.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 4 We study at school.

4 7 8 9

142

in an office / in a bank soccer / the guitar in an apartment / in New York ,5 and 6 in college people / a friend to the gym / home

I study English. I play soccer. Tell a partner your sentences. Italian

d

Now go back to p. 32.

t

3

work

c Write two sentences about you with phrases in a and b.

en

2

sm

8 I meet my friends for coffee every day.

b Complete the phrases with verbs in a. 1

6 I teach young children.

s se

7 We play tennis on Saturdays.

5 I go to the movies every weekend.


Vocabulary Focus 4B Family and people a

04.09

b Look at the words in a. Complete 1–10.

Listen and repeat the words. parents

3

1

4 2

Ca

husband

wife mother

br

m

father

7

id

5 6

ge

7

8

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U son

daughter

brother

sister

9

children

10

c

04.10

Listen and repeat the words.

women

men

woman

s se

girl

people

boy

sm

baby

en

man

children

t

d Complete the sentences with words from a and c. 1 2 3 4 5

e

They have three c n, a b y and two g s. I’m Olivia and this is David. He’s my h d. That w n is my s r. They have a new b y. It’s a g l. Her name’s Lucia. My yoga class has ten p e: nine w n and only one m

Now go back to p. 34.

n!

143


5A Places in a town a

05.04

Listen and repeat the places.

Ca

supermarket

school

hospital

movie theater

ge

id

br

m

subway station

hotel

café

store

swimming pool

park

beach

bus stop

I think 1 is at a swimming pool, or maybe a beach.

Talk to your partner. Where are these signs? 3

5

6

7

4

100

t

2

en

1

sm

b

bank

s se

museum

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U restaurant

c 144

Now go back to p. 41.

8


Vocabulary Focus 6A Jobs a

Listen and repeat the jobs.

06.03

m

Ca soccer player

student

receptionist

ge

id

br bank teller

chef

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U server

taxi driver

factory worker

sales assistant

businessman / businesswoman

office worker

IT worker

doctor

spelling in each job. Then check your answers. 1 2 3 4 5

studint servar factery worker sales asistant taxi drivar

6 7 8 9

c

socer player receptonist bank tellr ofice worker

Do you know people who do the jobs in a? Tell your partner.

t

b Cover the words and pictures in a. Correct the

en

sm

s se

teacher

My father is a taxi driver. My friend Kumiko is a chef.

d

Now go back to p. 49.

145


6B Daily routine a

06.08

Listen to Danny’s daily routine and complete the times.

br

m

Ca 1 Danny wakes up at .

2 He gets up at

3 He has breakfast at .

4 He goes to work at .

ge

id

.

b

06.09

6 He has lunch at .

7 He finishes work at .

9 He has dinner at .

10 He goes to bed at .

8 He gets home at .

Listen and repeat the verb phrases.

up

have

breakfast lunch dinner coffee

go

to school to work to bed

start finish

work

home

take

a shower

c Read about Pablo’s daily routine. Then complete the sentences about him with words in a and b.

d

146

Now go back to p. 50.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

He He He He He He He

at 7:00. at 7:30. at 8:00. at 8:30. at 12:30. at 4:00. at 11:00 at night.

t

I sleep from 11:00 to 7:00 every night. In the morning, I get up and have breakfast. I finish at 7:30. It’s 30 minutes by bus to go to work. I work from 8:30 until 12:30, then I have lunch for half an hour. Then I work for three hours until I go home.

en

sm

have breakfast/lunch/dinner NOT have the breakfast, have a lunch go to work NOT go to the work go to bed NOT go in the bed

get arrive

s se

wake get

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U 5 He starts work at .


Vocabulary Focus 7A Common objects 2 a

07.01

Listen and repeat the objects.

Ca

a chair (chairs)

a clock (clocks)

a cup (cups)

a glass (glasses)

a picture (pictures)

a plant (plants)

a plate (plates)

ge

id

br

m

a bag (bags)

a guitar (guitars)

a lamp (lamps)

b

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U a soccer ball (soccer balls)

a speaker (speakers)

a suitcase (suitcases)

Work in groups of three. Cover the pictures and make sentences. Add one more object each time.

c

At home, I have a guitar.

At home, I have a guitar and ten plates.

At home, I have a guitar, ten plates, and three big plants.

Now go back to p. 56.

10B Place phrases with prepositions a

10.08

Listen and repeat the phrases.

in the car

in a taxi

in a hotel

in bed

in/at a restaurant

in/at a café

at the airport

at the bus stop

at the movies

at a party

at home

at work

sm

s se

at the subway station

at school

t

en

on a bus

on a train

on a plane

b Correct the phrases with prepositions. 1 2 3 4 5 6

It’s 10:00, but he’s still at the bed. I’m waiting for the plane on the airport. I can’t talk now. I’m on the car. I’m driving home. Are you in home or are you at the work? I’m having coffee on a café. John’s not here. He’s still in the vacation.

on vacation

c

Think about people you know. Where are they now? I think my sister is on a plane. My husband is at work.

d

Now go back to p. 82.

147


7B Clothes and colors a

Listen and repeat the clothes.

07.13

1

2

3

glasses

blouse

Ca

skirt

dress

shirt jacket

m 4

5

6

br

hat

T-shirt pants

id

coat

ge

shoes

jeans

07.14

U

b

Listen and repeat the colors. dark blue

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

light blue

light brown

dark brown

light green

dark green

light gray

dark gray

red

black

white

yellow

c What do the people usually wear? Write sentences.

Enrico

1 Enrico usually wears a dark gray

Sunyin

2

Ali

3

t

en

sm

s se

jacket and a light blue shirt.

Shinji

Carmen

4

d 148

5

Now go back to p. 59.

Michelle

6


Vocabulary Focus 8A Past time expressions a

08.03

Listen and repeat the days of the week.

JUNE SUNDAY

4

b Complete the sentences. 1 Today is 2 Yesterday was 3 My favorite day is

MONDAY

.

5

.

Back to work

TUESDAY

Ca

, because

6

.

WEDNESDAY

7

m

Tell a partner your answer in 3.

Two days and it’s the weekend!

THURSDAY

br

8

My favorite day is …

FRIDAY

id

9

SATURDAY

ge

10

Last day @ work! Weekend!

SUNDAY

11

08.04

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

c

Listen and repeat the past time expressions.

d

Complete the chart with words in the box. Listen and check. 08.05

2019

ago ​last ​on ​this

S AT U R DAY SU N DAY M ON DAY

yesterday

SATURDAY SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRI DAY

1

a week two months ten years

a year ago

8 9

10 11 12

SUND AY

10

MOND AY

11

TUES DAY

12

WEDN ESDAY

today

14

13

FRID AY

14

SATU RDAY

15 16

2

3

morning afternoon

4

Monday Friday

two months ago NOT before two months ago on Monday NOT at Monday

13

THUR SDAY

night Sunday month weekend

e Complete the sentences with words from c and d.

Now go back to p. 65.

weekend. year ago. morning? . Friday. night.

t

en

f

I was in Barcelona They were at the World Cup Were you at home I was at a meeting two days We were at work He was at his friend’s house

sm

1 2 3 4 5 6

two days ago or on Monday

s se

last weekend

2020

last night

this morning

149


8B Free time activities a

08.20

Listen to five people talk about free time activities. Put their activities in the correct order.

1 go (simple past: went)

m

Ca I went to the movies.

I went to a party.

I went shopping.

I went to a café.

I had coffee.

I took a shower.

I watched a soccer game.

I listened to music.

I watched a movie on TV.

I read a magazine.

I read the newspaper.

I played a video game.

I played soccer.

ge

id

br

2 have (simple past: had); take (simple past: took)

U

I had a glass of water.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

I had a pizza.

3 listen (simple past: listened); watch (simple past: watched)

I listened to a podcast.

4 read (simple past: read (/red/)

I read a book.

5 play (simple past: played)

08.21

Listen and repeat the present and past verbs

e

in a.

Read the first part of your sentences in d. Stop at the verb! Your partner guesses the second part of the sentence.

t

en

b

sm

s se

I played the guitar.

c Complete the sentences with the correct simple past verb. 1 2 3 4 5

We basketball on TV last night. He had breakfast and the newspaper. I to a party last night until 2:00. I to music on the bus this morning. We went to a café and a pizza.

d Write two true sentences about a free time activity in a. On Friday, I went to a party.

150

On Friday, I went … … to the movies … ? No, try again!

f

Now go back to p. 67.


Vocabulary Focus 9A Transportation a

09.02

Listen and repeat the words.

Ca

bike

train

car

taxi

tram

metro/subway

id

br

m

bus

plane

boat/ship

ge

b Cover the transportation pictures in a. What do these signs show? 2

3

4

Which kind of transportation do you prefer? Why?

d Notice how we use go by and take

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

1

c

with different kinds of transportation.

5

6

7

go by

8

bus train plane tram

take

a bus a train a taxi a tram

go by bus NOT go with bus, go by the bus We can also use take the bus, take the train, or take the tram. NOT take the taxi

e

09.03

1

I go to work by train.   I drive to work.

4

She takes the subway to see her parents.   She goes by plane to see her parents.

He takes a taxi to school.   He takes a bus to school.

5

They always walk to school.   They take the subway to school.

She drives to work.   She takes a tram to work.

f Think of three places you went to in the last year.

t

3

en

sm

s se

2

Check (✓) the activity you see. Then listen and check.

Write how you got there.

I drove to a friend’s house yesterday. I flew to Turkey last summer. Tell a partner your sentences.

g

Now go back to p. 72.

151


9B The seasons and the weather a

09.12

Listen and repeat the seasons.

ge

id

br

m

Ca c

summer

autumn/fall

winter

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

b

U

spring

Look at pictures 1–5 below. Which season do you think it is in each picture? 09.13

Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Listen and check.

windy ​sunny ​snowy ​rainy ​cloudy

Today

4 It’s very sunny and hot today. (adjectives) It was and warm yesterday. (adjectives)

1 It often rains in Vancouver. (verb) There’s a lot of rain in Vancouver. (noun) It’s often in Vancouver. (adjective)

s se

5 There are a lot of clouds today. (noun) It’s and cold today. (adjectives)

d Underline the correct words.

152

t

3 There’s a lot of wind in my town. (noun) It’s often in my town. (adjective)

Do you like hot and sun / sunny weather? Is the weather cloudy / cloud today? Is winter cold and snow / snowy in your country? Is summer hot and sunny / sun in your country? Does it rainy / rain in the fall in your country?

en

1 2 3 4 5

sm

2 It often snows in Antarctica. (verb) There’s always snow in Antarctica. (noun) It’s always in Antarctica. (adjective)

Yesterday

e

Ask and answer the questions in d with a partner.

f

Now go back to p. 75.


Vocabulary Focus 10A The home

a

br

m

Ca b

c

ge

id As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U d

Look at the picture. Where are objects 1–6? Ask and answer questions with a partner. 3 the book 4 the soccer ball

c Complete the sentences with the correct words.

1 My family has dinner in the d r every evening. 2 We have a small y behind our house. We often sit there on summer evenings. 3 My bedroom has a large w , and I can see the mountains. 4 I don’t need a chair – I can sit on the f . 5 There are a lot of pictures on the w in the dining room. 6 After dinner I like to read in the l r . 7 My brother is always in the b – he likes long showers. 8 There are two d s in the dining room – one goes to the kitchen, the other to the living room.

5 the guitar 6 the plate

sm

1 the glass 2 the bag

s se

a

It’s in the living room.

b

Match the words in the box with a–d in the picture. Listen and check. 10.02

wall ​window ​floor ​door

d

t

en

Where’s the glass?

Now go back to p. 80.

153


11A Life events a Put the life events in the order you think is correct.

id

br

m

Ca ge

be born (simple past: was born)

finish college (simple past: finished)

grow up (simple past: grew up)

get married (simple past: got)

finish school (simple past: finished)

stop working (simple past: stopped)

go to college (simple past: went)

die (simple past: died)

Listen and repeat the verb phrases in a.

d

3 4 5 6

154

e f

Ask and answer the questions in d with a partner. Say answers that are true for you. Now go back to p. 89.

t

1 Q go to school? A In New York. 2 Q finish? A In 2016. 3 Q do after that? A I went to Canada. 4 Q go there? A My brother lives there. 5 Q like it? A Yes, I had a great time.

1 I 2

Look at the answers and complete the questions. Listen and check. 11.05

en

c Complete the sentences with the verbs in parentheses. (go to) college when I was 18, and I (finish) college when I was 24. Nelson Mandela (be born) in 1918, and he (die) in 2013. My father (stop) working when he was 68. She (get married) when she was 25, and she (have) a baby two years later. I (finish) school when I was 16, and I (get) a job in a car factory. Michelle Obama (be born) in 1964, and she (grow up) in Chicago.

sm

11.04

have a baby (simple past: had)

s se

b

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U   go to school (simple past: went)


Vocabulary Focus 11B Abilities a

11.10

Listen and repeat the verbs.

br

m

Ca cook (simple past: cooked)

paint (simple past: painted)

sing (simple past: sang)

ge

id

swim (simple past: swam)

ride a horse

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U dance (simple past: danced)

drive a car (simple past: drove)

play volleyball

ride a bike

run (simple past: ran)

(simple past: rode)

b

11.11

play cards

(simple past: played)

Complete the phrases with verbs in a. Listen and check.

c Write four sentences about what you did:

• last night • last Monday

s se

• yesterday • last weekend

1

a picture

2

sm

Yesterday I drove my car to work. I danced at a party last weekend. a motorcycle

Tell a partner your sentences.

3

a song

4

dinner

5

basketball

6

to work

Now go back to p. 91.

t

d

en

Last night …

155


12A Months and future time expressions a

12.03

Listen and repeat the months.

1 December, January, February 2 March, April, May

b

3 June, July, August 4 September, October, November

Which seasons are 1–4 in a in your country?

Ca c

12.04

Listen and repeat the time expressions.

br

m

Monda y Tue sda y

SU N D AY

ge

id

M O N D AY

tomorrow

on Monday

U

this Friday

S UN M O N T U E W E D T H R

4

5

8

9

10 11 12 13 14

next Tuesday

in two weeks

e Complete the sentences with a time expression. 1 2 3 4

on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday … this afternoon, Monday, week, March, month, summer … in March, the summer, two weeks … next Monday, week, March, month, summer …

Ordinal numbers

first

3

third

b

eleventh

twelfth

Student A: Say a number. Student B: Say the ordinal number.

156

13

14 20

6

fifth

teenth

sixth

fourteenth

fifteenth

seventh

twentieth

21

twentyfirst

thir

c

Work with a partner.

fifteen

5

7

Now go back to p. 97.

8

9

eighth

ninth

22

twen t seco ynd

30 thirtieth

31 thirtyfirst

t

tenth

I’m going to visit a friend tomorrow.

en

10 11 12

. . .

Tell a partner your sentences.

4

fourth

.

sm

second

I’m going to have (meal) I’m going to go on vacation I’m going to visit a friend I’m going to buy a new (object)

s se

Listen and repeat the ordinal numbers.

2

1

7

3

Thursday ​three months ​June ​winter ​year ​the winter

12.05

6

2

box. Some of them can go in more than one group.

a

S AT

1

d Complete groups 1–4 with words and phrases in the

1 2 3 4

FRI

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

on the weekend

We dne sda y Thursda y Frida y Sa turda y Sunda y Monda y

3 4 5 6 7 8

Wed nes d ay T hurs day F rid ay S aturd ay S und ay Mond ay

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


Vocabulary Focus 12B Common verbs and collocations a

12.11

Listen and repeat the phrases.

clean (simple past: cleaned)

exercise (simple past: exercised) go (simple past: went)

br

m

Ca exercise at the gym

go to the beach

make (simple past: made)

play (simple past: played)

visit (simple past: visited)

go to a museum

ge

id

clean a room / your apartment

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U make a cake

play sports

invite (simple past: invited)

invite someone to a party do (simple past: did)

use (simple past: used)

invite someone for a meal

use a computer

do your homework

do laundry

t

en

He eats a lot and he never plays / makes sports. It’s my birthday next week. I’m going to visit / invite some friends to my apartment for dinner. She’s going to paint / draw the walls of her room dark green. Don’t ask me why! We were in Mexico and we visited / went Palenque. I’m going to do / make some coffee. A woman comes on Wednesday. She cleans and does / makes laundry for us. Excuse me, can I clean / use your phone? I need to call my sister.

use the Internet

sm

b Underline the correct words. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

visit Paris

s se

do yoga

visit a friend

c Write three sentences with the phrases in a. I’m going to clean my bedroom tomorrow. Tell a partner your sentences.

d

Now go back to p. 99.

157


WRITING PLUS 1C Capital letters and periods c Add capital letters and periods to each sentence.

Ca

a Look at the sentence. Read the information about capital letters and periods.

T

> they’re married. 1 we’re from brazil 2 he’s a student 3 this is ruben 4 i’m in a class with amy lee 5 my name is sandro 6 their apartment is in mexico city it’s small

m

My name’s Sophia Taylor.

ge

id

br

Capital letters We use capital letters (A, B, C, D … ): • for names (Sophia Taylor, Ben Wilson, Maria González) • names of places (Toronto, Canada, High Street) • for nationalities (Italian, British, Chinese) • at the beginning of a sentence (My name’s … )

d

Now go back to p. 13.

U

Periods . = period We usually use periods at the end of sentences.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

My name’s Sophia Taylor.

b Write the capital letters. 1 a A 2 b 3 d

7 q 8 r 9 t

4 e 5 g 6 h

2C The alphabet and spelling Part 1: The alphabet

a

02.26

Listen to how we say the letters of the alphabet. /i/ (we)

Aa Hh Jj Kk

Bb Cc Dd Ee Gg Pp Tt Vv Zz

/e/ (ten)

/ɑɪ/ (hi)

/oʊ/ (no)

/u/ (you)

/ɑ/ (car)

Ff Ll Mm Nn Ss Xx

Ii Yy

Oo

Qq Uu Ww (“double u”)

Rr

b Add the letters to the group with similar sounds.

Part 2: Spelling

Say the letters.

sm

Some words in English have double letters in their written form. umbrella Other words in English have letters in their written form that might seem different from what you hear. city

R ​ H ​ Q ​O ​Z ​Y ​C ​F 5 (ten) N, L, 6 (car) 7 (no)

, M, S, X

d

Now go back to p. 20.

02.30 Correct the spelling. Listen and check. Then practice spelling the words.

1 2 3 4

e 158

adress bok umbrela hapy

5 6 7 8

smal dificult intresting rite

Now go back to p. 21.

9 rong 10 nife

t

c

(you) U, Q , W (day) J, , A, K (hi) I, (we) T, , B, D, E, G, P, V,

en

1 2 3 4

s se

/eɪ/ (day)


Writing Plus 3C Contractions a Look at the sentences and read about contractions.

I’m (contraction) = I am She’s (contraction) = She is We use contractions in speaking and writing, usually in informal situations.

I’m at a café with Hannah. She’s my friend from work. be: affirmative and negative – Contraction

Full form

Contraction

I am

I’m

I am not

I’m not

you are

you’re

you are not

you’re not / you aren’t

we are

we’re

we are not

we’re not / we aren’t

he is

he’s

he is not

he’s not / he isn’t

she’s

she is not

she’s not / she isn’t

it’s

it is not

it’s not / it isn’t

they’re

they are not

they’re not / they aren’t

she is

It is a pizza.

It’s a pizza.

it is

Full form

Contraction

I/you/we do not I do not eat fish.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Simple present: negative

U

they are

ge

id

br

Full form

m

Ca

+

c Add the words in parentheses to each sentence. Use contractions.

I/you/we don’t

1 2 3 4 I 5 6 7 We 8

I don’t eat fish.

b Match the contractions in the box with 1–8.

we’re not it’s not ​ don’t ​ I’m ​ you’re ​ she’s ​ they’re ​we’re 1 2 3 4

you are she is I am do not

4C Word order

5 6 7 8

they are we are not we are it is not

a Look at the examples and the word order.

b Check (✓) the correct sentences.

Tennis we play. We play tennis. I don’t teach children. Don’t teach children I. They there don’t study. They don’t study there. My sister in Japan lives. My sister lives in Japan. These are my friends. These my friends are. I have an apartment in New York. I in New York have an apartment.

c Put the words in the correct order to make sentences.

t

en

1 a b 2 a b 3 a b 4 a b 5 a b 6 a b

sm

We can use here or there after a verb. I live there. You don’t work here.

Now go back to p. 29. Try to use contractions in your text message.

s se

Word order • subject + verb I work. You don’t work. • subject + verb + object Emma and Charlotte don’t have a brother. They speak Spanish. • subject + verb + preposition + noun My daughters are in college. They don’t live in an apartment. • subject + verb + object + preposition + noun I don’t have a phone in my bag. I like milk in my coffee.

d

from Sweden. (He is) tomatoes. (They are) five o’clock. (It is not) have a big meal in the evening. (do not) a teacher. (You are not) OK. (I am) eat meat. (do not) Spanish. (I am not)

Remember to use capital letters and periods. 1 2 3 4 5 6

d

don’t speak / they / German there / have coffee / you we / in a factory / don’t work teaches / at the university / my dad / Italian the computer / I / at the office / don’t like have / in Canada / a nice house / they

Now go back to p. 37.

159


5C and and but a Look at the sentences and read about and and but.

b Underline the correct words.

There’s a beautiful park near the hotel, and there are stores on the next street. Our hotel is in a nice part of town, but it’s really small.

1 I love New York City, but it’s very expensive / nice. 2 The hotel has free Wi-Fi, and there’s / it doesn’t have a TV in every room. 3 Libya is a very hot country, but the old houses are always cool / it’s sometimes 55°C. 4 There are a lot of expensive hotels, but there are a lot of / there aren’t any cheap hostels. 5 There are a lot of good books in the bookstore, and they are very boring / the sales assistants are very friendly. 6 The Maris Hotel is beautiful, and it’s near the ocean / the restaurant isn’t very good.

and

Ca

There’s a beautiful park near the hotel,

and

m

and

br

and

c Add and or but to each sentence. 1 2 3 4 5

I live in Spain, I don’t speak Spanish. The food is good, it’s very expensive! Their house is nice, it’s near the bus station. This hotel room is small, the shower is cold. The city has a good university, I’d like to study there. 6 There isn’t a supermarket here, there is a market on the next street.

but

it’s in in a nice part of town.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

The hotel is really small,

it’s not near Sebastien’s apartment.

but

ge

id

The hotel’s not very big,

there are stores on the next street.

but

His apartment is nice,

but

it’s not near our hotel.

d

Now go back to p. 45. Try to use and and but in your writing.

6C because and also

a Look at the sentences and read about because and also.

b Underline the correct answers.

1 She plays basketball also she teaches basketball. / . She also teaches basketball. 2 I feel good in the morning because I sleep for seven hours at night. / . Because I sleep for seven hours at night. 3 I speak English. I also speak Italian because my parents Italian / are Italian. 4 Michael works at night. His wife also works / works also at night. 5 We always eat at home because like / we like cooking. 6 He’s a student. He also is / ’s also a waiter.

I walk to work every day because my apartment is near the office. We go out to a café for coffee every day. We also have lunch there.

We use because and also to join ideas. • Because joins two ideas in one sentence. We use because to give a reason. It answers the question Why? Why do you like your job?

I want to go shopping because I need some cups.

> She teaches English at the school. She teaches Turkish. (also)

She teaches English at the school. She also teaches Turkish.

1 I don’t like my job. It’s boring. (because) 2 She doesn’t have breakfast. She isn’t hungry in the morning. (because) 3 I need to make lunch. I need to go to the supermarket. (also) 4 The children are nice. They’re very funny. (also)

d

Now go back to p. 53. Try to use because and also in your writing.

t

en

160

> I want to go shopping. I need some cups. (because)

sm

I like my job because it’s interesting. He sleeps in the morning because he works at night. • Also joins two ideas in two sentences. It means and. He plays baseball and tennis. He plays soccer. He plays baseball and tennis. He also plays soccer. (= He plays baseball, tennis, and soccer.) • We use also before the verb: He sleeps in the morning. He also sleeps in the afternoon. • We use also after be: I’m a doctor. I’m also a teacher.

c Use because and also to join the ideas.

s se

It’s interesting.


Writing Plus 7C Commas, exclamation points, and question marks a Look at the sentences and read about commas, exclamation points, and question marks.

b Add commas to each list. 1 For sale: old books newspapers magazines. 2 I love old cups plates and glasses. 3 She’s wearing black pants a white shirt a gray jacket and black shoes. 4 They sell radios clocks pictures lamps tables chairs … 5 For sale: coats jackets hats shoes shirts dresses … 6 We need bread milk cheese and apples.

Ca

Women’s coats, blouses, jeans, bags – all in good condition. Not expensive! How much are they? , = comma   ! = exclamation point   ? = question mark

c Add a question mark (?) or an exclamation point (!) to each sentence.

br

m

Commas • We use commas in lists of nouns (things or people). Beautiful things for your home – chairs , lamps , small tables • We often finish a list with and + noun. We use a comma before and in lists. I’d like a bag , a coat , and a blouse.

id

1 2 3 4 5 6

ge

Exclamation points • We use exclamation points to mean Look at this or This is important. Not expensive !

U

d

Now go back to p. 61. Try to use commas, exclamation points, and question marks in your email.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

Question marks • We use question marks at the end of questions. How much are they ?

How old are these things Thank you Write soon New bookstore Can I pay by credit card How much are they

8C Writing short emails, notes, and texts

a Look at the text and read about writing short emails, notes, and texts.

b Put a–e in the correct order to make a note. a

b

LOGAN

Hi Daniel! Thank you for the tour of Newport yesterday. It was great to see a new town and meet your friends. I had a lot of fun! Here is a picture of all of us at lunch. I hope we can do it again some time soon. See you soon!

I hope we can go to the concert on Friday.

c

Hi Laura,

d

See you soon, Matt

e

I want to say thank you very much for lunch yesterday.

c Complete the email with the words and phrases in the box.

s se

hope ​sorry ​It was ​Here are ​Dear ​talked

sm

Reply Forward 1

Allie, some photos of the party on Saturday night. I’m 3 I was late! 4 good to meet your friends. I 5 to Emma and Marco – they’re really nice! I6 we can meet for coffee next week. Best, Janelle 2

d

t

en

1 We start emails and notes like this: • Dear (name), • Hi (name), We are usually less formal in texts: • Hi (name)! • Hey (name). 2 In the main part, we use phrases like these: • I want to say … • Thanks for your email/note/text. • Thank you for … • Here is/are … • I was … • It was … • I hope … We often use the simple past, e.g., I had a lot of fun. I stayed at home. I went into town. 3 We finish emails and notes like this: •  Best, • Thanks, • See you soon, (name)   (name)   (name) We don’t usually finish a text with our name. •  See you soon. •  Talk to you later!

The food was great, and it was good to talk! I went home and watched a movie in the afternoon.

Now go back to p. 69.

161


9C Making the order clear a Look at part of Sara’s online post and read about

Last summer I went to Canada with Veronica and Elijah. 6 First, / Then, we went to Toronto. It was great. 7Next, / First, we went to Thunder Bay for three days. 8After this, / After that, we stayed with Elijah’s family in Vancouver.

making the order clear with first, next, then.

Ca

First, we went for a walk to the old part of the city. Next, we had lunch at a small restaurant. Then, we went shopping at a market, and I saw some beautiful things.

c Add the words and phrases in parentheses in the correct place to make the order clear.

m

When we write about events in the past, it’s good to make the order clear. We use phrases like: •  First, … First, we flew to Istanbul. •  Next, …   Then, …   After that, … After that, we took a bus to Claudia’s town. Then, we went shopping. We usually use Next for the middle event, not the last event. First, we went to the zoo. Next, we had lunch. Then, we went shopping.

br

> We visited Emma’s family in the country. We went to the city. (then, first,)

id

First, we visited Emma’s family in the country. Then, we went to the city.

ge

1 I went to a café. I went to the park. (first, after that,) 2 It was sunny and warm. It was sunny and cold. (then, first,) 3 We went to a restaurant. We saw a movie. We went home. (next, first, then,) 4 I finished work. I went for a walk by the river. I met her at the bus station. (first, after that, next,)

U

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

b Underline the correct words.

The weather was very bad! 1Then, / First, it rained. 2 First, / Next, it was very windy. 3Then, / After, it snowed! 4 5

d

Now go back to p. 77. Try to make the order clear in your online post.

First, / Next, we camped in Anton’s backyard. First, / After that, we stayed in a hotel.

10C Word order in questions

a Look at part of Anthony’s message to Owen and read

Wh- questions with be

about word order in questions.

First, where can I find a taxi at the train station? And how much is it from the station to the hotel? Yes/No questions they

have a yard?

Did

Eduardo

visit you?

Can

you

call me, please?

Is

she

Where

can

I

find a taxi?

When

did

the train

leave?

What

is

Selma

doing?

Where are you / you are going? Who is that / that is? Did you use / You did use your phone on the plane? You can / Can you help me? How many taxis there were / were there? What movie is your sister watching / is watching your sister? 7 There is / Is there a yard? 8 How you do often / often do you watch TV?

c Put the words in the correct order to make questions. Add capital letters and question marks. Is there a café at the station? 1 2 3 4 5 6

Yes/No questions with be Grace’s apartment big?

Were

you at work today?

d 162

where / the bus stop / is do / when / start / work / you you / the tickets / buy / did some bread / you / buy / can doing / what / you / are the movie / is / what time

Now go back to p. 85.

t

there / at the station / a café / is

Questions with be are different.

Is

it from the station to the hotel?

en

have?

is

sm

your house

How much

1 2 3 4 5 6

Wh- questions does

your phone?

b Underline the correct words.

working?

How many rooms

was

s se

Do

Where


Writing Plus 11C Pronouns a Look at part of Leah’s email to Hailey and read about

William Higinbotham was a scientist. 5It / He lived from 1910 to 1994. At a science lab, 6it / he invented a machine called “Tennis for Two.” 7It / You could play tennis! 8It / He was the first video game in the world, but he didn’t make any money from 9it / them.

subject and object pronouns.

… I study with a girl named Megan. She’s from Ann Arbor … She and her boyfriend Chris helped me a lot … I often see them at the library … I also know my brother, of course! … It’s good to have him in the same city.

Ca

We use subject and object pronouns so that we don’t repeat nouns and names.

c Switch the underlined words with the subject and object pronouns in the box.

m

he ​her ​him ​him ​it ​it ​me ​ us ​ she ​ she ​ they ​they ​we

br

I study with a girl named Megan. She’s from Ann Arbor and she’s really nice.

> I met a doctor and an IT worker. The doctor and the IT

I also know my brother, of course! He’s really busy …

id

worker live in Madrid.

They live in Madrid.

I study with a girl named Megan … She and her boyfriend Chris helped me a lot … I often see them at the library.

ge

1 Why is my sister eating that sandwich? My sister made that sandwich for me! 2 Do you like this picture of my wife and me? Valerie gave this picture to my wife and me. 3 My friends have a baby boy named Luke. My friends talk about the baby boy named Luke all the time! 4 Neil and Andy are students. Neil, Andy, and I met in college. 5 I’m Tony Smith, from school. Do you remember Tony Smith? 6 That’s Ellie, and that’s Jack. Jack likes Ellie, but Ellie doesn’t like Jack!

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Read more about pronouns in Grammar Focus 11A on p. 132. We often use you to mean “people in general / everyone.” You can study English online.

b Underline the correct words.

Seema Bhadoria is a young woman from India. People call 1 she / her “The Strong Woman.” 2She / Her can pull a truck with her teeth. The Bajau Laut people can swim underwater for a long time. 3 They / Them are amazing humans. Did you read about 4 they / them?

12C Paragraphs

a Look at Carlos’s email to his friends and read about paragraphs.

Reply

We could meet tomorrow. I’m free in the afternoon. What do you think?

Paragraph 1 = invitation

Paragraph 2 = making plans for the time and place

a

Reply

Thanks for the lunch invitation, but I can’t come today. I’m busy.

There’s a new restaurant in town. It looks really good. 2

b

Reply

Do you want to go there on Saturday?

c Rewrite the emails with two paragraphs.

d

t

1 Do you have any plans for the weekend? I’d like to see a movie. We could meet at the movie theater at 6:30. Is that OK with you? 2 It’s my birthday next Friday. I’m going to be 25! Do you want to come here for dinner on Saturday? I’m going to invite a few friends.

AEmp_A1_SB_ Reply Writing_09

I’m sorry, I can’t go. I have to work. Do you want to meet on Tuesday?

Reply

en

Do you want to meet on Tuesday?

Reply

1

sm

I’m sorry, I can’t go. I have to work.

b Match paragraphs a–b with 1–2.

Forward

Paragraphs divide writing into groups of ideas. We use them to make our writing clear. In Carlos’s email, he uses two paragraphs – one for the invitation and the other for making plans. To start a new paragraph, write the next sentence on a new line, like this: Realia Reply

Now go back to p. 93. Try to use pronouns in your email.

s se

Hi guys, It’s my birthday on Saturday. Do you want to come to my party? It’s at my apartment at 2:00. We’re going to watch my favorite soccer team play on TV at 3:00. I hope to see you then! Carlos

d

Now go back to p. 101. Try to use paragraphs in your invitations.

163


Acknowledgments The authors and publishers acknowledge the following sources of copyright material and are grateful for the permissions granted. While every effort has been made, it has not always been possible to identify the sources of all the material used, or to trace all copyright holders. If any omissions are brought to our notice, we will be happy to include the appropriate acknowledgments on reprinting and in the next update to the digital edition, as applicable.

Ca

Key: U = Unit, CL = Classroom Language, C = Communication Plus, G = Grammar Focus, V = Vocabulary Focus

ge

id

br

m

Photographs All the photographs are sourced from Getty Images. Front cover photography by Don Mason/Getty Images. CL: Alexis84/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Witthaya Prasongsin/Moment; Eric Audras/PhotoAlto; Image Source; Farknot_Architect/iStock/Getty Images Plus; SDI Productions/E+; F. Lukasseck/Radius Images; U1: Oliver Burston/Ikon Images/Getty Images Plus; Alex Goodlett/Getty Images Sport; Sean M. Haffey/Getty Images Sport; Clive Brunskill/Getty Images Sport; Chris Brunskill/Fantasista/Getty Images Sport; Lucas Uebel/Getty Images Sport; Jordan Mansfield/Getty Images Sport; Visual China Group; Clasos/LatinContent Editorial; Franckreporter/E+; Phillip Waterman/Cultura; Jacoblund/iStock/Getty Images Plus; U2: Jeff Kowalsky/AFP; Janoka82/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Chiyacat/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Karol Kozlowski/robertharding/Getty Images Plus; Charlie Dean/Caiaimage; Fuse/Corbis; Thinkstock/Stockbyte; Tassii/iStock/Getty Images Plus; ER Productions Limited/DigitalVision; Tulcarion/E+; U3: Caiaimage; Mphillips007/iStock/Getty Images Plus; AlexPro9500/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Anilakkus/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Baibaz/iStock/Getty Images Plus; pidjoe/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Stockcam/E+; Dszc/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Lane Oatey; Gurpal Singh Datta; Eli_asenova/E+; Vitalina/iStock/Getty Images Plus; JohnGollop/E+; JoeGough/iStock/Getty Images Plus; VvoeVale/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Hispanolistic/E+; Skynesher/E+; Monkeybusinessimages/iStock/Getty Images Plus; XiXinXing; Ridofranz/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Nadofotos/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Vinnstock/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Creacart/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Erstudiostok/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Portra/E+; Bim/E+; U4: Michael Cogliantry/Taxi/Getty Images Plus; Compassionate Eye Foundation/Robert Kent/; PeopleImages/E+; Kali9/E+; Efenzi/iStock/Gett; Henryk Sadura/Moment; Sergio Monti/ EyeEm; Bojan89iStock/Getty Images Plus; Sambrogio/E+; Albert L. Ortega/Getty Images Entertainment; Mike Coppola/WireImage; Christopher Polk/Getty Images Entertainment; Kevork Djansezian/Getty Images Entertainment; Quality Sport Images/Getty Images Sport; Dimitrios Kambouris/WireImage; Aldomurillo/E+; Westend61; Kathleen Finlay/Cultura; Ariel Skelley/DigitalVision; Morsa Images/E+; U5: Pierre Dunnigan/500px; Miroslav_1/iStock Editorial/Getty Images Plus; IPGGutenbergUKLtd/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Andreka/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Monkeybusinessimages/Getty Images Plus; YinYang/E+; JackF/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Hispanolistic/E+; MangoStar_Studio/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Jupiterimages/Goodshoot/ Gett; Yogenyogeny/iStock/Getty Images Plus; northlightimages/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Jupiterimages/Stockbyte; Micah Wright/First Light/ Getty Images Plus; Kitti Boonnitrod/Moment; Tpopova/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Anadolu Agency; Lorado/E+; Chalffy/iStock; U6: Westend61; Hugh Sitton/Corbis/Getty Images Plus; Klaus Vedfelt/ DigitalVision; FG Trade/E+; Philipp Nemenz/Cultura; Andresr/E+; Commercial Eye/Stone/Gett; TAGSTOCK1/iStock/Getty Images Plus; DragonImages/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Peopleimages/E+; Skynesher/ E+; Jetta Productions Inc/DigitalVision; Rowan Jordan/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Kurt Budiarto Photography/Moment Open; Niqin/E+; Adamkaz/E+; Mediaphotos/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Robert Daly/ Caiaimage; U7: Cristina Arias/Cover; Danita Delimont; Dial-a-view/E+; Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho; Stefania D’Alessandro/WireImage; JP Yim/Getty Images Entertainment; Michael Loccisano/Getty Images Entertainment; Jamie McCarthy/WireImage; Aldomurillo/E+; Mint Images; Neustockimages/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Kettaphoto/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; U8: FEBRUARY/Moment; Doble.d/Moment Open; Bay Area News/MediaNews Group; KeithBinns/E+; Tier Und Naturfotografie J und C Sohns/Photographer’s Choice RF; UrosPoteko/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Mauriliers Schoenmaekers/500px; GK Hart/ Vikki Hart/Photodisc; Andrew_Howe/E+; Geoff Scott-Simpson/Moment Open; Westend61; Mark Hunt; Pixelfit/E+; U9: Jeremy Maude/ Photodisc; Nelsonarts/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Tatsiana Volskaya/ Moment; StockstudioX/E+; GM Visuals/Royalty-free; Pigphoto/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Czekma13/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Allou/iStock/

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Getty Images Plus; J-wildman/Getty Images Plus; Jose Luis Pelaez Inc/ DigitalVision; Simon Dux/iStock Editorial/Gett; Michael Lee/Moment; AntonioGuillem/iStock/Getty Images Plus; PRImageFactory/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Billnoll/E+; Danita Delimont; Floortje/E+; U10: Zero Creatives/Cultura; Cavan Images; KatarzynaBialasiewicz/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Gerenme/E+; Russwitherington1/iStock/Gett; Jacek Kadaj/Moment; John Keeble/Moment; JohnnyGreig/E+; Ppa5/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; ExcellentPhoto/iStock/Getty Images Plus; FotoTravel/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Kohei Hara/DigitalVision; Flashpop/DigitalVision; PhotoAlto/Frederic Cirou; Luis Alvarez/ DigitalVision; Jamie Squire/Getty Images Sport; David Madison/ Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images Plus; Baona/iStock/Getty Images Plus; U11: Sovfoto/Universal Images Group; Sven Creutzmann/Mambo Photo/Hulton Archive; Hill Street Studios/DigitalVision; Timothy Allen/ Photolibrary/Getty Images Plus; OSTILL/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Kupicoo/E+; Vadimguzhva/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Artem Ermilov/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Hispanolistic/E+; Roy Mehta/The Image Bank/Getty Images Plus; Steve Cohen/Photolibrary; Greg Epperson/ Photolibrary/Getty Images Plus; U12: Peter Cade/The Image Bank/ Getty Images Plus; Westend61; DavidCallan/iStock; Simonkr/E+; Mint Images; AJ_Watt/E+; Cavan Images; Tim Kitchen/The Image Bank/ Getty Images Plus; Synergee/E+; Wavebreakmedia/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Santypan/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Paul Bradbury/OJO Images; Vm/E+; Martin-dm/E+; C: Monkeybusinessimages/iStock; Vadimguzhva/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Ajr_images/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Adamkaz/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Juanmonino/E+; Drbimages/E+; Stevecoleimages/E+; Juanmonino/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Maskot; Leland Bobbe/Image Source; G: Eugenesergeev/iStock Editorial/Getty Images Plus; Chelsea Lauren/WireImage; V: Bravo1954/ E+; Hyrma/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Sohel Parvez Haque/EyeEm; Devonyu/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Vofpalabra/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Eskymaks/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Guvendemir/iStock; MicroStockHub/iStock/Getty Images Plus; L_Mirror/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Carlosalvarez/E+; Steve@Colorado/E+; Christina Lease/ Lonely Planet Images/Getty Images Plus; Judd Pilossof/Photolibrary/ Getty Images Plus; Andrea Bricco/StockFood Creative/Getty Images Plus; Gbh007/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Twomeows/Moment Open; Ma-k/E+; Pjohnson1/E+; Seregam/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Subjug/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Juanmonino/E+; Animaflora/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Kirin_photo/E+; LindasPhotography/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Akepong Srichaichana/EyeEm; Chee Siong Teh/EyeEm; Ligorko/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Caziopeia/E+; Dimitris66/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Kutaytanir/E+; Hidesy/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Unpict/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; RedHelga/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Bestfotostudio/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Gannet77/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Radionphoto/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Ariel Skelley/DigitalVision; Monty Rakusen/Cultura; Alvarez/E+; Monkeybusinessimages/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Image Source/DigitalVision; FatCamera/E+; PeopleImages/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Hoxton/Tom Merton; Wavebreakmedia/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Vav63/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Skrow/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Monticelllo/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Classen Rafael/ EyeEm; Dan Thornberg/EyeEm; CostinT/E+; MortenBjerregaard/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Danielsbfoto/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Rosemary Calvert/The Image Bank/Getty Images Plus; Hudiemm/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Suradech14/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Golibtolibov/iStock/ Getty Images Plus; Yevgen Romanenko/Moment; MDHayes/iStock/Getty Images Plus; John Seaton Callahan/Moment; Tramino/iStock; Oliver Strewe/Lonely Planet Images/Getty Images Plus; FotografiaBasica/ iStock/Getty Images Plus; Marin Tomas/Moment; Rainer Grosskopf/ Photolibrary/Getty Images Plus; John & Lisa Merrill/Photolibrary/Getty Images Plus; Jodie Wallis/Moment; Photographer Nick Measures/ Moment; Fuse/Corbis; Real444/E+; IB/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Iliana Mestari/Moment; Vanessa Davies/Dorling Kindersley/Getty Images Plus; Skynesher/E+; Mark Williamson/Photodisc; Mlenny/Stock/Getty Images Plus; Prasit photo/Moment; Eli_asenova/E+; Quim Llenas/Getty Images Entertainment; PeTer_Lau; RUSS ROHDE/Cultura; Image Source; Shapecharge/E+; Lukasz Olek/Caiaimage; Jupiterimages/Stockbyte; UntitledImages/E+.

t

en

sm

s se

164


Acknowledgments The following images are sourced from other Sourced/libraries. U3: Danita Delimont/Alamy; U5: © Gehry Partners, LLP, © Frank O. Gehry and © Iwan Baan 2014; U7: Alamy/LOOK Die Bildagentur der Fotografen GmbH; Bennyartist/Shutterstock; StudioSmart/ Shutterstock; Raulin/Shutterstock; PodPad/Shutterstock; Ruslan Semichev/Shutterstock; U11: Emilio Segre Visual Archives/American Institute of Physics/Science Photo Library; Courtesy Brookhaven National Laboratory; CB2/ZOB/Wenn/Newscom; Sanjeev Gupta/EPA/ Shutterstock. Commissioned photography by Gareth Boden:U1; U2; U8

Ca

We are grateful to The Stephen Perse 6th Form College, Cambridge, for their help with the commissioned photography.

id

br

m

Illustrations Illustrations by QBS Learning; Mark Bird; Mark Duffin; Sally Elford; John Goodwin (Eye Candy Illustration); Dusan Lakicevic (Beehive Illustration); Roger Penwill; Gavin Reece (New Division); Martin Sanders (Beehive Illustration); Sean 290 (KJA Artists); David Semple; Marie-Eve Tremblay (Colagene); Andrea Turvey (Eye Candy Illustration); Gary Venn (Lemonade Illustration).

English Profile This product is informed by English Vocabulary Profile, built as part of English Profile, a collaborative program designed to enhance the learning, teaching and assessment of English worldwide. Its main funding partners are Cambridge University Press and Cambridge Assessment English and its aim is to create a “profile” for English, linked to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). English Profile outcomes, such as the English Vocabulary Profile, will provide detailed information about the language that learners can be expected to demonstrate at each CEFR level, offering a clear benchmark for learners’ proficiency. For more information, please visit www.englishprofile.org. CALD The Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary is the world’s most widely used dictionary for learners of English. Including all the words and phrases that learners are likely to come across, it also has easy-tounderstand definitions and example sentences to show how the word is used in context. The Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary is available online at dictionary.cambridge.org.

ge

Typeset by QBS Learning.

Audio by John Marshall Media.

As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p Co

U

Corpus Development of this publication has made use of the Cambridge English Corpus(CEC). The CEC is a computer database of contemporary spoken and written English, which currently stands at over one billion words. It includes British English, American English and other varieties of English. It also includes the Cambridge Learner Corpus, developed in collaboration with the University of Cambridge ESOL Examinations. Cambridge University Press has built up the CEC to provide evidence about language use that helps us to produce better language teaching materials.

t

en

sm

s se 165


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook